SMITH BARNEY INCOME FUNDS
485APOS, 1995-09-29
Previous: MORRISON KNUDSEN CORP, 8-K, 1995-09-29
Next: SMITH BARNEY INCOME FUNDS, 24F-2NT, 1995-09-29




   As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
                     on September 29, 1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -----
- -----------------------


Registration
No. 2-96408

                                                  811-4254
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -----
- -----------------------
            U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                    Washington, D.C.  20549

                           FORM N-1A

                 REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                 THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

[   ]   Pre-Effective   Amendment   No.      [X]   Post-
Effective
Amendment No. 41

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT
      COMPANY ACT OF 1940, as amended

Amendment No.  44  [X]

                   SMITH BARNEY INCOME FUNDS
       (Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

         Area Code and Telephone Number: (212) 723-9218
         388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York  10013
      (Address of Principal Executive Offices)  (Zip Code)

                       Christina T. Sydor
                           Secretary


         388 Greenwich Street New York, New York  10013
            (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                           copies to:

                    Burton M. Leibert, Esq.
                    Willkie Farr & Gallagher
                      One Citicorp Center
                      153 East 53rd Street
                      New York, NY  10022

         Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:
    As soon as possible after this Post-Effective Amendment
                       becomes effective.



It is proposed that this filing become effective:

_____  Immediately upon filing pursuant to Rule 485(b)
_____  on [            ], 1995 pursuant to Rule 485(b)
  X    60 days after filing pursuant to Rule 485(a)
_____  on -------------- pursuant to Rule 485(a)



The Registrant has previously filed a declaration of
indefinite
registration  of  its  shares pursuant to Rule  24f-2  under
the
Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended.  Registrant's Rule 24f-2
Notice
for
the  fiscal  year ended July 31, 1995 will be filed on
September
30, 1995.

            SMITH BARNEY INCOME FUNDS

                        CONTENTS OF
                  REGISTRATION STATEMENT

This  Registration  Statement contains the  following  pages
and
documents:

      Front Cover

      Contents Page

      Cross-Reference Sheet

      Part A - Prospectus

      Part B - Statement of Additional Information

      Part C - Other Information

      Signature Page

      Exhibits
                   SMITH BARNEY INCOME FUNDS

                FORM  N-1A CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
Pursuant to Rule 495(a) Under the Securities Act of 1933, as
ame
nded


Part A
Item No. and Caption                         Prospectus
Caption


1.   Cover Page                         Cover Page

2.   Synopsis                      Prospectus Summary

3.      Condensed    Financial   Information
Financial
Highlights;

4.     General   Description  of  Registrant        Cover
Page;
Prospectus Summary;
                                     Investment   Objective
and
Policies;
                                       Distributor;
Additional
Information

5.    Management  of  the  Fund              Prospectus
Summary;
Management of
                                     the   Trust  and  the
Fund;
Distributor;
                                   Additional Information

6.   Capital Stock and Other Securities      Investment
Objective
and Policies;
                                    Dividends, Distributions
and
Taxes;
                                   Additional Information

7.    Purchase  of Securities Being Offered
Valuation  of
Shares; Purchase of
                                    Shares;  Exchange
Privilege;
Redemption
                                    of  Shares;  Minimum
Account
Size;
                                   Distributor

8.    Redemption or Repurchase of Shares      Purchase of
Shares;
Redemption of Shares;
                                   Exchange Privilege; A

9.   Pending Legal Proceedings               Not Applicable
Part B                             Statement of Additional
Item No. and Caption                         Information
Caption


10.  Cover Page                         Cover page

11.  Table of Contents                  Contents

12.    General   Information  and  History
Distributor;
Additional Information

13.    Investment   Objectives   and   Policies
Investment
Objectives and Management
                                   Policies

14.   Management of the Fund             Management of the
Trust
and the Funds;
                                   Distributor

15.   Control Persons and Principal           Management  of
the
Trust and the Funds
     Holders of Securities

16.   Investment Advisory and Other Services  Management  of
the
Trust and the Funds;
                                   Distributor

17.      Brokerage    Allocation
Investment
Objectives and Management
                                   Policies; Distributor

18.    Capital   Stock   and  Other  Securities
Investment
Objectives and Management
                                    Policies; Purchase of
Shares;
Redemption of
                                   Shares; Taxes

19.   Purchase, Redemption and Pricing        Purchase of
Shares;
Redemption of Shares;
      Securities  Being  Offered           Valuation  of
Shares;
Distributor; Exchange
                                   Privilege


20.  Tax Status                         Taxes

21.  Underwriters                       Distributor

22.  Calculation of Performance Data         Performance
Data

23.  Financial Statements                    Financial
Statements
<PAGE>

P R O S P E C T U S


SMITH BARNEY

Premium

Total

Return

Fund

November 28, 1995


PROSPECTUS BEGINS ON PAGE ONE


[LOGO] Smith Barney Mutual Funds
       Investing for your future.
       Everyday.

<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PROSPECTUS
[NOVEMBER 28], 1995

388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
(212) 723-9218

  Smith Barney Premium Total Return Fund (the "Fund"), a
diversified fund,
seeks to provide shareholders with total return, consisting
of long-term capi-
tal appreciation and income, by investing primarily in a
diversified portfolio
of dividend-paying common stocks. The Fund also purchases
put and call options
and writes covered put and call options on securities it
holds and on stock
indexes primarily as a hedge to reduce investment risk. The
Fund is one of a
number of funds, each having distinct investment objectives
and policies, mak-
ing up Smith Barney Income Funds (the "Trust"). The Trust is
an open-end man-
agement investment company commonly referred to as a mutual
fund.

  This Prospectus sets forth concisely certain information
about the Fund and
the Trust, including sales charges, distribution and service
fees and
expenses, that prospective investors will find helpful in
making an investment
decision. Investors are encouraged to read this Prospectus
carefully and
retain it for future reference. Shares of other investment
funds offered by
the Trust are described in separate prospectuses that may be
obtained by call-
ing the Fund at the telephone number set forth above, or by
contacting a Smith
Barney Financial Consultant.

  Additional information about the Fund and the Trust is
contained in a State-
ment of Additional Information dated [November 28], 1995, as
amended or sup-
plemented from time to time, that is available upon request
and without charge
by calling or writing the Trust at the telephone number or
address set forth
above or by contacting a Smith Barney Financial Consultant.
The Statement of
Additional Information has been filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commis-
sion (the "SEC") and is incorporated by reference into this
Prospectus in its
entirety.

SMITH BARNEY INC.
Distributor

SMITH BARNEY STRATEGY ADVISERS INC.
Investment Adviser

SMITH BARNEY MUTUAL FUNDS MANAGEMENT INC.
Administrator

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY
THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR
HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


1
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY                      3
- -----------------------------------------
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS                   10
- -----------------------------------------
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES      14
- -----------------------------------------
VALUATION OF SHARES                    23
- -----------------------------------------
DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES     23
- -----------------------------------------
PURCHASE OF SHARES                     24
- -----------------------------------------
EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE                     35
- -----------------------------------------
REDEMPTION OF SHARES                   38
- -----------------------------------------
MINIMUM ACCOUNT SIZE                   42
- -----------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE                            42
- -----------------------------------------
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE FUND   43
- -----------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTOR                            44
- -----------------------------------------
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION                 45
- -----------------------------------------
</TABLE>

2
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by
detailed information
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the Statement
of Additional
Information. Cross references in this summary are to
headings in the Prospec-
tus. See "Table of Contents."

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE The Fund is an open-end, diversified
management invest-
ment company that seeks total return by investing primarily
in a diversified
portfolio of dividend-paying common stocks. The Fund may
engage in various
portfolio strategies involving options to seek to increase
its return and to
hedge its portfolio against movements in the equity markets
and interest
rates. See "Investment Objective and Management Policies."

ALTERNATIVE PURCHASE ARRANGEMENTS The Fund offers several
classes of shares
("Classes") to investors designed to provide them with the
flexibility of
selecting an investment best suited to their needs. The
general public is
offered three Classes of shares: Class A shares, Class B
shares and Class C
shares, which differ principally in terms of sales charges
and rate of
expenses to which they are subject. A fourth Class of
shares, Class Y shares,
is offered only to investors meeting an initial investment
minimum of
$5,000,000. See "Purchases of Shares" and "Redemption of
Shares."

  Class A Shares. Class A shares are sold at net asset value
plus an initial
sales charge of up to 5.00% and are subject to an annual
service fee of 0.25%
of the average daily net assets of the Class. The initial
sales charge may be
reduced or waived for certain purchases. Purchases of Class
A shares, which
when combined with current holdings of Class A shares
offered with a sales
charge equal or exceed $500,000 in the aggregate, will be
made at net asset
value with no initial sales charge, but will be subject to a
contingent
deferred sales charge ("CDSC") of 1.00% on redemptions made
within 12 months
of purchase. See "Prospectus Summary--Reduced or No Initial
Sales Charge."

  Class B Shares. Class B shares are offered at net asset
value subject to a
maximum CDSC of 5.00% of redemption proceeds, declining by
1.00% each year
after the date of purchase to zero. This CDSC may be waived
for certain
redemptions. Class B shares are subject to an annual service
fee of 0.25% and
an annual distribution fee of 0.50% of the average daily net
assets of the
Class. The Class B shares' distribution fee may cause that
Class to have
higher expenses and pay lower dividends than Class A shares.

  Class B Shares Conversion Feature. Class B shares will
convert automatically
to Class A shares, based on relative net asset value, eight
years after the
date of


3
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY (CONTINUED)

the original purchase. Upon conversion, these shares will no
longer be subject
to an annual distribution fee. In addition, a certain
portion of Class B shares
that have been acquired through the reinvestment of
dividends and distributions
("Class B Dividend Shares") will be converted at that time.
See "Purchase of
Shares--Deferred Sales Charge Alternatives."

  Class C Shares. Class C shares are sold at net asset value
with no initial
sales charge. They are subject to an annual service fee of
0.25% and an annual
distribution fee of 0.45% of the average daily net assets of
the Class, and
investors pay a CDSC of 1.00% if they redeem Class C shares
within 12 months of
purchase. The CDSC may be waived for certain redemptions.
The Class C shares'
distribution fee may cause that Class to have higher
expenses and pay lower
dividends than Class A shares. Purchases of Fund shares,
which when combined
with current holdings of Class C shares of the Fund equal or
exceed $500,000 in
the aggregate, should be made in Class A shares at net asset
value with no
sales charge, and will be subject to a CDSC of 1.00% on
redemptions made within
12 months of purchase.

  Class Y Shares. Class Y shares are available only to
investors meeting an
initial investment minimum of $5,000,000. Class Y shares are
sold at net asset
value with no initial sales charge or CDSC. They are not
subject to any service
or distribution fees.

  In deciding which Class of Fund shares to purchase,
investors should consider
the following factors, as well as any other relevant facts
and circumstances:

  Intended Holding Period. The decision as to which Class of
shares is more
beneficial to an investor depends on the amount and intended
length of his or
her investment. Shareholders who are planning to establish a
program of regular
investment may wish to consider Class A shares; as the
investment accumulates
shareholders may qualify for reduced sales charges and the
shares are subject
to lower ongoing expenses over the term of the investment.
As an investment
alternative, Class B and Class C shares are sold without any
initial sales
charge so the entire purchase price is immediately invested
in the Fund. Any
investment return on these additional invested amounts may
partially or wholly
offset the higher annual expenses of these Classes. Because
the Fund's future
return cannot be predicted, however, there can be no
assurance that this would
be the case.

  Finally, investors should consider the effect of the CDSC
period and any con-
version rights of the Classes in the context of their own
investment time
frame.

4
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY (CONTINUED)

For example, while Class C shares have a shorter CDSC period
than Class B
shares, they do not have a conversion feature, and
therefore, are subject to an
ongoing distribution fee. Thus, Class B shares may be more
attractive than
Class C shares to investors with longer term investment
outlooks.

  Investors investing a minimum of $5,000,000 must purchase
Class Y shares,
which are not subject to an initial sales charge, CDSC or
service or distribu-
tion fee. The maximum purchase amount for Class A shares is
$4,999,999, Class B
shares is $249,999 and Class C shares is $499,999. There is
no maximum purchase
amount for Class Y shares.

  Reduced or No Initial Sales Charge. The initial sales
charge on Class A
shares may be waived for certain eligible purchasers, and
the entire purchase
price will be immediately invested in the Fund. In addition,
Class A share pur-
chases, which when combined with current holdings of Class A
shares offered
with a sales charge equal or exceed $500,000 in the
aggregate, will be made at
net asset value with no initial sales charge, but will be
subject to a CDSC of
1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The
$500,000 aggregate
investment may be met by adding the purchase to the net
asset value of all
Class A shares offered with a sales charge held in funds
sponsored by Smith
Barney Inc. ("Smith Barney") listed under "Exchange
Privilege." Class A share
purchases may also be eligible for a reduced initial sales
charge. See "Pur-
chase of Shares." Because the ongoing expenses of Class A
shares may be lower
than those for Class B and Class C shares, purchasers
eligible to purchase
Class A shares at net asset value or at a reduced sales
charge should consider
doing so.

  Smith Barney Financial Consultants may receive different
compensation for
selling each Class of shares. Investors should understand
that the purpose of
the CDSC on the Class B and Class C shares is the same as
that of the initial
sales charge on the Class A shares.

  See "Purchase of Shares" and "Management of the Trust and
the Fund" for a
complete description of the sales charges and service and
distribution fees for
each Class of shares and "Valuation of Shares," "Dividends,
Distributions and
Taxes" and "Exchange Privilege" for other differences
between the Classes
of shares.

SMITH BARNEY 401(K) PROGRAM Investors may be eligible to
participate in the
Smith Barney 401(k) Program, which is generally designed to
assist plan spon-
sors in the creation and operation of retirement plans under
Section 401(a)


5
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY (CONTINUED)

of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), as well as other
types of participant directed, tax-qualified employee
benefit plans (collec-
tively, "Participating Plans"). Class A, Class B, Class C
and Class Y shares
are available as investment alternatives for Participating
Plans. See "Purchase
of Shares--Smith Barney 401(k) Program."

PURCHASE OF SHARES Shares may be purchased through the
Fund's distributor,
Smith Barney, a broker that clears securities transactions
through Smith Barney
on a fully disclosed basis (an "Introducing Broker") or an
investment dealer in
the selling group. Direct purchases by certain retirement
plans may be made
through the Fund's transfer agent, The Shareholder Services
Group, Inc.
("TSSG"), a subsidiary of First Data Corporation. See
"Purchase of Shares."

INVESTMENT MINIMUMS Investors in Class A, Class B and Class
C shares may open
an account by making an initial investment of at least
$1,000 for each account,
or $250 for an individual retirement account ("IRA") or a
Self-Employed Retire-
ment Plan. Investors in Class Y shares may open an account
for an initial
investment of $5,000,000. Subsequent investments of at least
$50 may be made
for all Classes. For participants in retirement plans
qualified under Section
403(b)(7) or Section 401(a) of the Code, the minimum initial
investment
requirement for Class A, Class B and Class C shares and the
subsequent invest-
ment requirement for all Classes is $25. The minimum initial
investment
requirement for Class A, Class B and Class C shares and the
subsequent invest-
ment requirement for all Classes through the Systematic
Investment Plan
described below is $50. See "Purchase of Shares."

SYSTEMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN The Fund offers shareholders a
Systematic Investment
Plan under which they may authorize the automatic placement
of a purchase order
each month or quarter for Fund shares in an amount of at
least $50. See "Pur-
chase of Shares."

REDEMPTION OF SHARES Shares may be redeemed on each day the
New York Stock
Exchange, Inc. ("NYSE") is open for business. See "Purchase
of Shares" and "Re-
demption of Shares."

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND Smith Barney Strategy Advisers Inc.
("Strategy Advis-
ers") serves as the Fund's investment adviser. Strategy
Advisers is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Smith Barney Mutual Funds Management
Inc. ("SBMFM"). SBMFM
provides investment advisory and management services to
investment companies
affiliated with Smith Barney. SBMFM is a wholly

6
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY (CONTINUED)

owned subsidiary of Smith Barney Holdings Inc. ("Holdings").
Holdings is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Travelers Group Inc.
("Travelers"), a diversified
financial services holding company engaged, through its
subsidiaries princi-
pally in four business segments: Investment Services,
Consumer Finance Servic-
es, Life Insurance Services and Property & Casualty
Insurance Services.

  SBMFM also serves as the Fund's administrator. Boston
Partners Asset
Management, L.P. ("Boston Partners") serves as the Fund's
sub-adviser. See
"Management of the Trust and the Fund."

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE Shares of a Class may be exchanged for
shares of the same
Class of certain other funds of the Smith Barney Mutual
Funds at the respective
net asset value next determined, plus any applicable sales
charge differential.
See "Exchange Privilege."

VALUATION OF SHARES The net asset value of the Fund for the
prior day generally
is quoted daily in the financial section of most newspapers
and is also avail-
able from any Smith Barney Financial Consultant. See
"Valuation of Shares."

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS Dividends are paid monthly
generally from net
investment income and annually from net realized capital
gains. See "Dividends,
Distributions and Taxes."

REINVESTMENT OF DIVIDENDS Dividends and distributions paid
on shares of a Class
will be reinvested automatically, unless otherwise specified
by an investor, in
additional shares of the same Class at current net asset
value. Shares acquired
by dividend and distribution reinvestments will not be
subject to any sales
charge or CDSC. Class B shares acquired through dividend and
distribution rein-
vestments will become eligible for conversion to Class A
shares on a pro rata
basis. See "Dividends, Distributions and Taxes."

RISK FACTORS AND SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS There can be no
assurance that the
Fund's investment objective will be achieved. The Fund may
employ investment
techniques which involve certain risks, including entering
into repurchase
agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and forward roll
transactions, engag-
ing in when-issued and delayed-delivery transactions,
lending portfolio securi-
ties, covered option writing, and options contracts on
securities and indices.
See "Investment Objective and Management Policies."


7
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY (CONTINUED)


THE FUND'S EXPENSES The following expense table lists the
costs and expenses an
investor will incur either directly or indirectly as a
shareholder of the Fund,
based on the maximum sales charge or maximum CDSC that may
be incurred at the
time of purchase or redemption and, unless otherwise noted,
the Fund's operat-
ing expenses for its most recent fiscal year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               CLASS A CLASS
B CLASS C CLASS Y
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------
  <S>                                          <C>     <C>
<C>     <C>
  SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
    Maximum sales charge imposed on purchases
      (as a percentage of offering price)       5.00%   None
None    None
    Maximum CDSC (as a percentage of original
      cost or redemption proceeds, whichever
      is lower)                                 None*
5.00%   1.00%   None
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------
  ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSE
      (AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE NET ASSETS)
    Management fees                             0.75%
0.75%   0.75%   0.75%
    12b-1 fees**                                0.25%
0.75%   0.70%   None
    Other expenses***                           0.19%
0.16%   0.10%   0.19
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------
  TOTAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES                 1.19%
1.66%   1.55%   0.94%
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------
</TABLE>
  * Purchase of Class A shares, which when combined with
current holdings of
    Class A shares offered with a sales charge equal or
exceed $500,000 in the
    aggregate, will be made at net asset value with no sales
charge, but will
    be subject to a CDSC of 1.00% on redemptions made within
12 months.
 ** Upon conversion of Class B shares to Class A shares,
such shares will no
    longer be subject to a distribution fee. Class C shares
do not have a
    conversion feature and, therefore, are subject to an
ongoing distribution
    fee. As a result, long-term shareholders of Class C
shares may pay more
    than the economic equivalent of the maximum front-end
sales charge
    permitted by the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc.
*** For Class Y shares, "Other expenses" have been estimated
based on expenses
    incurred by the Class A shares because as of July 31,
1995, no Class Y
    shares were outstanding.

  The sales charge and CDSC set forth in the above table are
the maximum
charges imposed on purchases or redemptions of Fund shares
and investors
may actually pay lower or no charges, depending on the
amount purchased and, in
the case of Class B, Class C shares and certain Class A
shares, the length of
time the shares are held and whether the shares are held
through the
Smith Barney 401(k) Program. See "Purchase of Shares" and
"Redemption of
Shares." Smith Barney receives an annual 12b-1 service fee
of 0.25% of the
value of average daily net assets of Class A shares. Smith
Barney also
receives, with respect to Class B shares, an annual 12b-1
fee of 0.75% of the
value of average daily net assets of that Class, consisting
of a 0.50% distri-
bution fee and a 0.25% service fee. With respect to Class C
shares, Smith Bar-
ney receives an annual 12b-1 fee of 0.70% of the value of
the average daily net
assets,

8
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY (CONTINUED)

consisting of a 0.45% distribution fee and a 0.25% service
fee. "Other
expenses" in the above table include fees for shareholder
services, custodial
fees, legal and accounting fees, printing costs and
registration fees.

  EXAMPLE

  The following example is intended to assist an investor in
understanding the
various costs that an investor in the Fund will bear
directly or indirectly.
The example assumes payment by the Fund of operating
expenses at the levels set
forth in the table above. See "Purchase of Shares,"
"Redemption of Shares" and
"Management of the Fund."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1 YEAR 3 YEARS
5 YEARS 10 YEARS*
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------
  <S>                                         <C>    <C>
<C>     <C>
  An investor would pay the following
  expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming
  (1) 5.00% annual return and (2) redemption
  at the end of each time period:
    Class A.................................   $62     $86
$112     $187
    Class B.................................    67      82
100      184
    Class C.................................    26      49
84      185
    Class Y.................................    10      30
52      115
  An investor would pay the following
  expenses on the same investment, assuming
  the same annual return and no redemption:
    Class A.................................   $62     $86
$112     $187
    Class B.................................    17      52
90      184
    Class C.................................    16      49
84      185
    Class Y.................................    10      30
52      115
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------
</TABLE>
 * Ten-year figures assume conversion of Class B shares to
Class A shares at
   the end of the eighth year following the date of
purchase.

  The example also provides a means for the investor to
compare expense levels
of funds with different fee structures over varying
investment periods. To
facilitate such comparison, all funds are required to
utilize a 5.00% annual
return assumption. However, the Fund's actual return will
vary and may be
greater or less than 5.00%. THIS EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT BE
CONSIDERED A REPRESENTA-
TION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE
GREATER OR LESS THAN
THOSE SHOWN.


9
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS


Except where otherwise noted, the following information has
been audited by
KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP, independent accountants, whose
report thereon appears
in the Fund's Annual Report dated July 31, 1995. The
information set out below
should be read in conjunction with the financial statements
and related notes
that also appear in the Fund's Annual Report, which is
incorporated by refer-
ence into the Statement of Additional Information.

FOR A CLASS A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH YEAR:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR
YEAR       PERIOD
                                                ENDED
ENDED       ENDED
                                               7/31/95
7/31/94#+++ 7/31/93*+++
<S>                                            <C>     <C>
<C>
Net Asset Value, beginning of period                     $
15.65     $ 15.15
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
Income from investment operations:
Net investment income
0.33        0.19
Net realized and unrealized gain on
investments
0.99        1.33
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
Total from investment operations
1.32        1.52
Distributions to shareholders:
 Distributions from net investment income
(0.31)      (0.17)
 Distributions in excess of net investment
 income
(0.24)      (0.03)
 Distributions from net realized capital gains
(0.52)      (0.44)
 Distributions in excess of net realized
 capital gains
- --       (0.05)
 Distributions from capital++
(0.21)      (0.33)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
Total distributions
(1.28)      (1.02)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
Net Asset Value, end of period                           $
15.69     $ 15.65
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
Total return+
8.65%      10.31%
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
RATIOS TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS/SUPPLEMENTAL
DATA:
 Net assets, end of period (in 000's)
$67,699     $39,677
 Ratio of operating expenses to average net
 assets
1.19%       1.20%**
 Ratio of net investment income to average net
 assets
2.05%       1.64%**
Portfolio turnover rate
34%         55%
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
</TABLE>
*  The Fund commenced selling Class A shares on November 6,
1992.
** Annualized.
+  Total return represents aggregate total return for the
period indicated and
   does not reflect any applicable sales charges.
++ Results from the Fund's level distribution policy.
+++ Per share amounts have been calculated using the monthly
average share
    method, which more appropriately presents the per share
data for the period
    since the use of the undistributed method does not
accord with results of
    operations.
#  As of July 15, 1994, the Fund changed its investment
adviser from Boston
   Advisors to its current investment adviser, Strategy
Advisers.


10
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)

FOR A CLASS B SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH YEAR:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            YEAR      YEAR         YEAR
YEAR      YEAR
                            ENDED     ENDED        ENDED
ENDED     ENDED
                           7/31/95 7/31/94#+++  7/31/93*+++
7/31/92   7/31/91
<S>                        <C>     <C>          <C>
<C>       <C>
Net Asset Value,
beginning of year                  $    15.65   $    15.21
$  14.26  $  13.30
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------
Income from investment
operations:
Net investment income                    0.25         0.23
0.22      0.24
Net realized and
unrealized gain/(loss)
on investments                           1.00         1.47
1.93      1.92
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------
Total from investment
operations                               1.25         1.70
2.15      2.16
Less distributions:
 Distributions from net
 investment income                      (0.27)       (0.16)
(0.22)    (0.24)
 Distributions in excess
 of net investment income               (0.22)       (0.03)
- --        --
 Distributions from net
 realized capital gains                 (0.52)       (0.57)
- --        --
 Distributions in excess
 of net realized
 capital gains                             --        (0.06)
- --        --
 Distributions from
 capital++ (book basis)                    --           --
(0.98)    (0.96)
 Distributions from
 capital++ (tax basis)                  (0.20)       (0.44)
- --        --
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------
Total distributions                     (1.21)       (1.26)
(1.20)    (1.20)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------
Net Asset Value, end of
year                               $    15.69   $    15.65
$  15.21  $  14.26
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------
Total return+                            8.12%       11.68%
15.68%    17.53%
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------
RATIOS TO AVERAGE NET
ASSETS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
 Net assets, end of year
 (in 000's)                        $1,697,394   $1,230,737
$585,049  $470,381
 Ratio of operating
 expenses to average
 net assets                              1.66%        1.69%
1.69%     1.75%
 Ratio of net investment
 income to average
 net assets                              1.58%        1.16%
1.53%     1.84%
Portfolio turnover rate                    34%          55%
57%       43%
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------
</TABLE>
*  The Fund commenced operations on September 16, 1985. On
November 6, 1992,
   the Fund commenced selling Class A shares. Those shares
in existence prior
   to November 6, 1992 were designated as Class B shares.
** Annualized.
+  Total return represents aggregate total return for the
periods indicated and
   does not reflect any applicable CDSC.
++ Results from the Fund's level distribution policy.
+++ Per share amounts have been calculated using the monthly
average share
    method, which more appropriately presents the per share
data for the period
    since the use of the undistributed method does not
accord with results of
    operations.
#  As of July 15, 1994, the Fund changed its investment
adviser from Boston
   Advisors to its current investment adviser, Strategy
Advisers.


11
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)


FOR A CLASS B SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH YEAR:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              YEAR      YEAR      YEAR
YEAR     PERIOD
                             ENDED     ENDED     ENDED
ENDED     ENDED
                           7/31/90+++ 7/31/89   7/31/88
7/31/87   7/31/86*
<S>                        <C>        <C>       <C>
<C>       <C>
Net Asset Value,
beginning of year           $  13.98  $  12.90  $  14.47  $
14.52  $  13.00
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
Income from investment
operations:
Net investment income           0.22      0.56      0.51
0.28      0.43
Net realized and
unrealized gain/(loss)
on investments                  0.38      2.00     (0.62)
1.37      2.27
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
Total from investment
operations                      0.60      2.56     (0.11)
1.65      2.70
Less distributions:
 Distributions from net
 investment income             (0.22)    (0.89)    (0.18)
(0.28)    (0.42)
 Distributions in excess
 of net investment income         --        --        --
- --        --
 Distributions from net
 realized capital gains           --     (0.26)    (1.28)
(1.42)    (0.76)
 Distributions in excess
 of net realized
 capital gains                    --        --        --
- --        --
 Distributions from
 capital++ (book basis)        (1.06)    (0.33)       --
- --        --
 Distributions from
 capital++ (tax basis)            --        --        --
- --        --
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
Total distributions            (1.28)    (1.48)    (1.46)
(1.70)    (1.18)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
Net Asset Value, end of
year                        $  13.30  $  13.98  $  12.90  $
14.47  $  14.52
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
Total return+                   4.62%    21.49%     0.21%
12.07%    21.28%
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
RATIOS TO AVERAGE NET
ASSETS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
 Net assets, end of year
 (in 000's)                 $507,762  $599,849  $585,634
$960,898  $533,487
 Ratio of operating
 expenses to average
 net assets                     1.78%     1.75%     1.70%
1.74%     1.87%**
 Ratio of net investment
 income to average
 net assets                     1.66%     4.17%     3.58%
1.97%     2.99%**
Portfolio turnover rate           47%       41%       56%
294%      212%
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
</TABLE>
*  The Fund commenced operations on September 16, 1985. On
November 6, 1992,
   the Fund commenced selling Class A shares. Those shares
in existence prior
   to November 6, 1992 were designated as Class B shares.
** Annualized.
+  Total return represents aggregate total return for the
periods indicated and
   does not reflect any applicable CDSC.
++ Results from the Fund's level distribution policy.
+++ Per share amounts have been calculated using the monthly
average share
    method, which more appropriately presents the per share
data for the period
    since the use of the undistributed method does not
accord with results of
    operations.

12
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONTINUED)


FOR A CLASS C SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT EACH YEAR:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR
YEAR       PERIOD
                                                ENDED
ENDED      ENDED
                                               7/31/95
7/31/94#+++ 7/31/93*++
<S>                                            <C>     <C>
<C>
Net Asset Value, beginning of period
$15.65      $15.45
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------
Income from investment operations:
Net investment income
0.23        0.05
Net realized and unrealized gain on
investments
1.02        0.35
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------
Total from investment operations
1.25        0.40
Less distributions:
 Distributions from net investment income
(0.27)      (0.03)
 Distributions in excess of net investment
 income
(0.22)      (0.01)
 Distributions from net realized capital gains
(0.52)      (0.08)
 Distributions in excess of net realized
 capital gains
- --       (0.01)
 Distributions from capital++
(0.20)      (0.07)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------
Total distributions
(1.21)      (0.20)
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------
Net Asset Value, end of period
$15.69      $15.65
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------
Total return+
8.12%       2.60%
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------
RATIOS TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS/SUPPLEMENTAL
DATA:
 Net assets, end of period (in 000's)
$1,878      $  357
 Ratio of net investment income to average net
 assets
1.60%       1.31%**
 Ratio of operating expenses to average net
 assets
1.65%       1.54%**
Portfolio turnover rate
34%         55%
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------
</TABLE>
*  The Fund commenced selling Class C shares (previously
designated as Class D
   shares) on June 1, 1993.
** Annualized.
+  Total return represents aggregate total return for the
periods indicated.
++ Results from the Fund's level distribution policy.
+++ Per share amounts have been calculated using the monthly
average share
    method, which more appropriately presents the per share
data for the period
    since use of the undistributed method does not accord
with results of
    operations.
#  As of July 15, 1994, the Fund changed its investment
adviser from Boston
   Advisors to its current investment adviser, Strategy
Advisers.

Prior to November 7, 1994, the Fund did not offer Class Y
shares and as of
July 31, 1995, no Class Y shares were outstanding and
accordingly, no com-
parable financial information is available at this time for
that Class.


13
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

  The Fund's investment objective is total return. The
Fund's investment objec-
tive may be changed only with the approval of a majority of
the Fund's out-
standing shares. There can be no assurance that the Fund
will achieve its
investment objective. The Fund will seek its objective by
investing primarily
in a diversified portfolio of dividend-paying common stocks.
The Fund may
engage in various portfolio strategies involving options to
seek to increase
its return and to hedge its portfolio against movements in
the equity markets
and interest rates. Because the Fund seeks total return by
emphasizing invest-
ments in dividend-paying common stocks, it will not have as
much investment
flexibility as total return funds which may pursue their
objective by investing
in both income and equity stocks without such an emphasis.
The Fund also may
invest up to 10% of its assets in: (a) medium- or low-rated
securities or
unrated securities of comparable quality. Medium- and low-
rated securities are
securities rated less than investment grade by Moody's
Investors Service, Inc.
("Moody's") or Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P"). See
"Risk Factors and
Special Considerations--Medium-, Low- and Unrated
Securities" below; (b) inter-
est-paying debt securities, such as obligations issued or
guaranteed as to
principal and interest by the United States government
("U.S. government secu-
rities"); and (c) other securities, including convertible
bonds, convertible
preferred stock and warrants. In addition, the Fund will
limit its investments
in warrants to 5% of its net assets. The Fund also may lend
its portfolio secu-
rities and enter into "short sales against the box." Special
considerations
associated with the Fund's investment strategies are
described below.

 CERTAIN INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

  In attempting to achieve its investment objective, the
Fund may employ, among
others, one or more of the strategies set forth below. More
detailed informa-
tion concerning these strategies and their related risks is
contained in the
Statement of Additional Information.

  In the future, the Fund may desire to employ additional
investment strate-
gies, including hedging strategies such as entering into
futures contracts and
related options. The Fund will do so only upon 60 days'
notice to shareholders
and in conformity with its investment restrictions.

  Short Sales Against the Box. The Fund may make short sales
of common stock
if, at all times when a short position is open, the Fund
owns the stock or owns
preferred stocks or debt securities convertible or
exchangeable, without pay-
ment of further consideration, into the shares of common
stock sold short.
Short sales of this kind are referred to as "short sales
against the box." The

14
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)

broker-dealer that executes a short sale generally invests
cash proceeds of
the sale until they are paid to the Fund. Arrangements may
be made with the
broker-dealer to obtain a portion of the interest earned by
the broker on the
investment of short sale proceeds. The Fund will segregate
the common stock or
convertible or exchangeable preferred stock or debt
securities in a special
account with PNC Bank, National Association ("PNC Bank"),
the Fund's custodi-
an. Not more than 10% of the Fund's net assets (taken at
current value) may be
held as collateral for such sales at any one time. The
extent to which the
Fund may make short sales of common stocks may be limited by
the requirements
contained in the Code for qualification as a regulated
investment company. See
"Dividends, Distributions and Taxes."

  Covered Option Writing. The Fund may write put and call
options on securi-
ties. The Fund realizes fees (referred to as "premiums") for
granting the
rights evidenced by the options. A put option embodies the
right of its pur-
chaser to compel the writer of the option to purchase from
the option holder
an underlying security at a specified price at any time
during the option
period. In contrast, a call option embodies the right of its
purchaser to com-
pel the writer of the option to sell to the option holder an
underlying secu-
rity at a specified price at any time during the option
period. Thus, the pur-
chaser of a put option written by the Fund has the right to
compel the Fund to
purchase from it the underlying security at the agreed-upon
price for a speci-
fied time period, while the purchaser of a call option
written by the Fund has
the right to purchase from the Fund the underlying security
owned by the Fund
at the agreed-upon price for a specified time period.

  Upon the exercise of a put option written by the Fund, the
Fund may suffer a
loss equal to the difference between the price at which the
Fund is required
to purchase the underlying security and its market value at
the time of the
option exercise, less the premium received for writing the
option. Upon the
exercise of a call option written by the Fund, the Fund may
suffer a loss
equal to the excess of the security's market value at the
time of the option
exercise over the Fund's acquisition cost of the security,
less the premium
received for writing the option.

  The Fund will write only covered options. Accordingly,
whenever the Fund
writes a call option, it will continue to own or have the
present right to
acquire the underlying security for as long as it remains
obligated as the
writer of the option. To support its obligation to purchase
the underlying
security if a put option is exercised, the Fund will either
(a) deposit with
PNC Bank in a segregated account cash, U.S. government
securities or other
high grade debt obliga-


15
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)

tions having a value at least equal to the exercise price of
the underlying
securities or (b) continue to own an equivalent number of
puts of the same "se-
ries" (that is, puts on the same underlying security having
the same exercise
prices and expiration dates as those written by the Fund),
or an equivalent
number of puts of the same "class" (that is, puts on the
same underlying secu-
rity) with exercise prices greater than those that it has
written (or, if the
exercise prices of the puts that it holds are less than the
exercise prices of
those that it has written, it will deposit the difference
with PNC Bank in a
segregated account).

  The Fund may engage in a closing purchase transaction to
realize a profit, to
prevent an underlying security from being called or put or,
in the case of a
call option, to unfreeze an underlying security (thereby
permitting its sale or
the writing of a new option on the security prior to the
outstanding option's
expiration). To effect a closing purchase transaction, the
Fund would purchase,
prior to the holder's exercise of an option the Fund has
written, an option of
the same series as that on which the Fund desires to
terminate its obligation.
The obligation of the Fund under an option it has written
would be terminated
by a closing purchase transaction, but the Fund would not be
deemed to own an
option as the result of the transaction. There can be no
assurance the Fund
will be able to effect closing purchase transactions at a
time when it wishes
to do so. To facilitate closing purchase transactions,
however, the Fund ordi-
narily will write options only if a secondary market for the
options exists on
a domestic securities exchange or in the over-the-counter
market.

  Purchasing Put and Call Options on Securities. The Fund
may utilize up to 10%
of its assets to purchase put options on portfolio
securities and may do so at
or about the same time that it purchases the underlying
security or at a later
time. By buying a put, the Fund limits the risk of loss from
a decline in the
market value of the security until the put expires. Any
appreciation in the
value of, or in the yield otherwise available from the
underlying security,
however, will be partially offset by the amount of the
premium paid for the put
option and any related transaction costs. The Fund may
utilize up to 10% of its
assets to purchase call options on portfolio securities.
Call options may be
purchased by the Fund in order to acquire the underlying
securities for the
Fund at a price that avoids any additional cost that would
result from a sub-
stantial increase in the market value of a security. The
Fund also may purchase
call options to increase its return to investors at a time
when the call is
expected to increase in value due to anticipated
appreciation of the underlying
security.

  Prior to their expirations, put and call options may be
sold in closing sale
transactions (sales by the Fund, prior to the exercise of
options it has pur-

16
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)

chased, of options of the same series), and profit or loss
from the sale will
depend on whether the amount received is more or less than
the premium paid for
the option plus the related transaction costs.

  Stock Index Options. The Fund may purchase and write
exchange-listed put and
call options on stock indexes primarily to hedge against the
effects of market-
wide price movements. A stock index measures the movement of
a certain group of
stocks by assigning relative values to the common stocks
included in the index.
(Examples of well-known stock indexes are the Standard &
Poor's Daily Price
Index of 500 Common Stocks and the NYSE Composite Index.)
Options on stock
indexes are similar to options on securities. However,
because options on stock
indexes do not involve the delivery of an underlying
security, the option rep-
resents the holder's right to obtain from the writer in cash
a fixed multiple
of the amount by which the exercise price exceeds (in the
case of a put) or is
less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the
underlying index on
the exercise date.

  The advisability of using stock index options to hedge
against the effects of
market-wide movements will depend on the extent of
diversification of the
Fund's stock investments and the sensitivity of its stock
investments to fac-
tors influencing the underlying index. The effectiveness of
purchasing or writ-
ing stock index options as a hedging technique will depend
upon the extent to
which price movements in the portion of the Fund being
hedged correlate with
price movements in the stock index selected.

  When the Fund writes an option on a stock index, it will
deposit cash or cash
equivalents or a combination of both in an amount equal to
the market value of
the option in a segregated account with PNC Bank, and will
maintain the account
while the option is open.

 ADDITIONAL INVESTMENTS

  Money Market Instruments. When Strategy Advisers and
Boston Partners believe
that market conditions warrant, the Fund may adopt a
temporary defensive pos-
ture and invest in short-term instruments without
limitation. Short-term
instruments in which the Fund may invest include U.S.
government securities;
certain bank obligations (including certificates of deposit,
time deposits and
bankers' acceptances of domestic or foreign banks, domestic
savings and loan
associations and similar institutions); commercial paper
rated no lower than
A-2 by S&P or Prime-2 by Moody's or the equivalent from
another major rating
service or, if unrated, of an issuer having an outstanding,
unsecured debt


17
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)

issue then rated within the three highest rating categories;
and repurchase
agreements as described below.

  United States Government Securities. U.S. government
securities are obliga-
tions of, or guaranteed by, the United States government,
its agencies or
instrumentalities. The U.S. government securities in which
the Fund may invest
include: direct obligations of the United States Treasury
(such as Treasury
Bills, Treasury Notes and Treasury Bonds) and obligations
issued by U.S. gov-
ernment agencies and instrumentalities, including securities
that are sup-
ported by the full faith and credit of the United States
(such as Government
National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") certificates);
securities that are sup-
ported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the United
States Treasury
(such as securities of Federal Home Loan Banks); and
securities that are sup-
ported by the credit of the instrumentality (such as Federal
National Mortgage
Association ("FNMA") and Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation ("FHLMC")
bonds). Treasury Bills have maturities of less than 1 year,
Treasury Notes
have maturities of 1 to 10 years and Treasury Bonds
generally have maturities
of greater than 10 years at the date of issuance. Certain
U.S. government
securities, such as those issued or guaranteed by GNMA, FNMA
and FHLMC, are
mortgage-related securities. U.S. government securities
generally do not
involve the credit risks associated with other types of
interest-bearing secu-
rities, although, as a result, the yields available from
U.S. government secu-
rities are generally lower than the yields available from
interest-bearing
corporate securities.

  Repurchase Agreements. The Fund may engage in repurchase
agreement transac-
tions with banks which are the issuers of instruments
acceptable for purchase
by the Fund and with certain dealers on the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York's
list of reporting dealers. Under the terms of a typical
repurchase agreement,
the Fund would acquire an underlying debt obligation for a
relatively short
period (usually not more than one week), subject to an
obligation of the
seller to repurchase, and the Fund to resell, the obligation
at an agreed-upon
price and time, thereby determining the yield during the
Fund's holding peri-
od. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return that
is not subject to
market fluctuations during the Fund's holding period. The
value of the under-
lying securities will be at least equal at all times to the
total amount of
the repurchase obligation, including interest. Repurchase
agreements could
involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency
of the other par-
ty, including possible delays or restrictions upon the
Fund's ability to dis-
pose of the underlying securities, the risk of a possible
decline in the value
of the underlying securities during the period in which the
Fund seeks to
assert its rights to them, the risk

18
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)

of incurring expenses associated with asserting those rights
and the risk of
losing all or part of the income from the agreement.
Strategy Advisers, SBMFM
or Boston Partners, acting under the supervision of the
Trust's Board of
Trustees, reviews on an ongoing basis the value of the
collateral and the
creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which the
Fund may enter into
repurchase agreements to evaluate potential risks.

  When-Issued Securities and Delayed-Delivery Transactions.
In order to secure
yields or prices deemed advantageous at the time, the Fund
may purchase or
sell any portfolio securities on a when-issued or delayed-
delivery basis. The
Fund will enter into a when-issued transaction for the
purpose of acquiring
portfolio securities and not for the purpose of leverage. In
such transac-
tions, delivery of the securities occurs beyond the normal
settlement periods,
but no payment or delivery is made by the Fund prior to the
actual delivery or
payment by the other party to the transaction. Due to
fluctuations in the
value of securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or
delayed-delivery
basis, the yields obtained on such securities may be higher
or lower than the
yields available in the market on the dates when the
investments are actually
delivered to the buyers. The Fund will establish a
segregated account consist-
ing of cash, U.S. government securities or other high grade
debt obligations
in an amount equal to the amount of its when-issued and
delayed-delivery com-
mitments. Placing securities rather than cash in the
segregated account may
have a leveraging effect on the Fund's net assets. The Fund
will not accrue
income with respect to a when-issued security prior to its
stated delivery
date.

  Lending of Portfolio Securities. The Fund has the ability
to lend portfolio
securities to brokers, dealers and other financial
organizations. These loans,
if and when made, may not exceed 20% of the Fund's assets
taken at value.
Loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized by
cash, letters of
credit or U.S. government securities that are maintained at
all times in an
amount at least equal to the current market value of the
loaned securities.

 CERTAIN INVESTMENT GUIDELINES

  Up to 10% of the assets of the Fund may be invested in
securities with con-
tractual or other restrictions on resale and other
instruments that are not
readily marketable, including (a) repurchase agreements with
maturities
greater than seven days, (b) time deposits maturing from two
business days
through seven calendar days and (c) to the extent that a
liquid secondary mar-
ket does not exist for the instruments, futures contracts
and options thereon.
In addition, the Fund may invest up to 5% of its assets in
the securities of
issuers which have


19
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)

been in continuous operation for less than three years. The
Fund also may bor-
row from banks for temporary or emergency purposes, but not
for investment
purposes, in an amount up to 10% of its total assets, and
may pledge its
assets to the same extent in connection with such
borrowings. Whenever these
borrowings exceed 5% of the value of the Fund's total
assets, the Fund will
not make any additional investments. Except for the
limitations on borrowing,
the investment guidelines set forth in this paragraph may be
changed at any
time without shareholder consent by vote of the Trust's
Board of Trustees. A
complete list of investment restrictions that identifies
additional restric-
tions that cannot be changed without the approval of the
majority of the
Fund's outstanding shares is contained in the Statement of
Additional Informa-
tion.

 RISK FACTORS AND SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

  Options. The Fund may enter into options transactions
primarily as hedges to
reduce investment risk, generally by making an investment
expected to move in
the opposite direction of a portfolio position. A hedge is
designed to offset
a loss on a portfolio position with a gain on the hedge
position; at the same
time, however, a properly correlated hedge will result in a
gain on the port-
folio position being offset by a loss on the hedge position.
The Fund bears
the risk that the prices of the securities being hedged will
not move in the
same amount as the hedge. The Fund will engage in hedging
transactions only
when deemed advisable by Strategy Advisers and Boston
Partners. Successful use
by the Fund of options will depend on Strategy Advisers' and
Boston Partners'
ability to correctly predict movements in the direction of
the stock or index
underlying the option used as a hedge. Losses incurred in
hedging transactions
and the costs of these transactions will affect the Fund's
performance.

  The ability of the Fund to engage in closing transactions
with respect to
options depends on the existence of a liquid secondary
market. While the Fund
generally will purchase or write stock options and options
on stock index
options only if there appears to be a liquid secondary
market for the options
purchased or sold, for some options no such secondary market
may exist or the
market may cease to exist.

  Medium-, Low- and Unrated Securities. The Fund may invest
up to 10% of its
assets in medium- or low-rated securities and unrated
securities of comparable
quality. Generally, these securities offer a higher return
potential than
higher-rated securities but involve greater volatility of
price and risk of
loss of income and principal. The issuers of such securities
may be in default
or bankruptcy at the time of purchase or may have a high
probability of future
default

20
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)

or bankruptcy. Medium- and low-rated and comparable unrated
securities will
likely have large uncertainties or major risk exposures to
adverse conditions
and are predominantly speculative with respect to the
issuer's capacity to pay
interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of
the obligation.
Accordingly, it is possible that these types of factors
could, in certain
instances, reduce the value of securities held by the Fund,
with a commensurate
effect on the value of the Fund's shares.

  The markets in which medium- and low-rated or comparable
unrated securities
are traded generally are more limited than those in which
higher-rated securi-
ties are traded. The existence of limited markets for these
securities may
restrict the availability of securities for the Fund to
purchase and also may
have the effect of limiting the ability of the Fund to (a)
obtain accurate mar-
ket quotations for purposes of valuing securities and
calculating net asset
value and (b) sell securities at their fair value either to
meet redemption
requests or to respond to changes in the economy or the
financial markets. The
market for certain medium- and low-rated and comparable
unrated securities has
not fully weathered a major economic recession. Any such
economic downturn
could adversely affect the value of such securities and the
ability of the
issuers of these securities to repay principal and pay
interest thereon.

  While the market values of medium- and low-rated and
comparable unrated secu-
rities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate
levels than do those
of higher-rated securities, the market values of certain of
these securities
also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate
developments and changes
in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In
addition, medium- and
low-rated and comparable unrated securities generally
present a higher degree
of credit risk. Issuers of medium- and low-rated and
comparable unrated securi-
ties are often highly leveraged and may not have more
traditional methods of
financing available to them so that their ability to service
their debt obliga-
tions during an economic downturn or during sustained
periods of rising inter-
est rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default
by such issuers is
significantly greater because medium- and low-rated and
comparable unrated
securities generally are unsecured and frequently are
subordinated to the prior
payment of senior indebtedness. The Fund may incur
additional expenses to the
extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default
in the payment of
principal or interest on its portfolio holdings.

  Fixed-income securities, including medium- and low-rated
and comparable
unrated securities, frequently have call or buy-back
features that permit their
issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their
holders, such as the
Fund.


21
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES (CONTINUED)

If an issuer exercises these rights during periods of
declining interest rates,
the Fund may have to replace the security with a lower
yielding security,
resulting in a decreased return to the Fund.

  Securities which are rated Ba by Moody's or BB by S&P have
speculative char-
acteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and
repay principal. Secu-
rities which are rated B generally lack characteristics of a
desirable invest-
ment and assurance of interest and principal payments over
any long period of
time may be small. Securities which are rated Caa or CCC or
below are of poor
standing. Those issues may be in default or present elements
of danger with
respect to principal or interest. Securities rated C by
Moody's and D by S&P
are in the lowest rating class and indicate that payments
are in default or
that a bankruptcy petition has been filed with respect to
the issuer or that
the issuer is regarded as having extremely poor prospects.
See the Appendix in
the Trust's Statement of Additional Information on bond
ratings by Moody's and
S&P.

  In light of these risks, Strategy Advisers and Boston
Partners, in evaluating
the creditworthiness of an issue, whether rated or unrated,
will take various
factors into consideration, which may include, as
applicable, the issuer's
financial resources, its sensitivity to economic conditions
and trends, the
operating history of and the community support for the
facility financed by the
issue, the ability of the issuer's management and regulatory
matters.

  Securities of Unseasoned Issuers. Securities in which the
Fund may invest may
have limited marketability and, therefore, may be subject to
wide fluctuations
in market value. In addition, certain securities may lack a
significant operat-
ing history and be dependent on products or services without
an established
market share.

 PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

  All orders for transactions in securities and options on
behalf of the Fund
are placed by Strategy Advisers and Boston Partners with
broker-dealers that
Strategy Advisers and Boston Partners select, including
Smith Barney and other
affiliated brokers. The Fund may utilize Smith Barney or a
Smith Barney-
affiliated broker in connection with a purchase or sale of
securities when
Strategy Advisers and Boston Partners believe that the
broker's charge for the
transactions does not exceed usual and customary levels. The
same standard
applies to the use of Smith Barney as a commodities broker
in connection with
entering into options and futures contracts.

22
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

VALUATION OF SHARES

  The Fund's net asset value per share is determined as of
the close of regu-
lar trading on the NYSE on each day that the NYSE is open,
by dividing the
value of the Fund's net assets attributable to each Class by
the total number
of shares of the Class outstanding.

  Generally, the Fund's investments are valued at market
value or, in the
absence of a market value with respect to any securities, at
fair value as
determined by or under the direction of the Trust's Board of
Trustees. Short-
term investments that mature in 60 days or less are valued
at amortized cost
whenever the Trustees determine that amortized cost reflects
fair value of
those instruments. Further information regarding the Fund's
valuation policies
is contained in the Statement of Additional Information.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES


 DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

  The Fund will be treated separately from the Trust's other
funds in deter-
mining the amounts of dividends from net investment income
and distributions
of capital gains payable to shareholders.

  If a shareholder does not otherwise instruct, dividends
and capital gains
distributions will be reinvested automatically in additional
shares of the
same Class at net asset value, subject to no sales charge or
CDSC. Dividends
from net investment income, if any, of the Fund will be
declared monthly and
paid on the last day of the Smith Barney statement month.
The Fund's final
distribution for each calendar year will include any
remaining net investment
income and net realized long- and short-term capital gains
realized during the
year and deemed undistributed during the year for Federal
income tax purposes.
In order to avoid the application of a 4% nondeductible
excise tax on certain
undistributed amounts of ordinary income and capital gains,
the Fund may make
an additional distribution shortly before December 31 in
each year of any
undistributed ordinary income or capital gains and expects
to pay any other
dividends and distributions necessary to avoid the
application of this tax.

  The per share dividends on Class B and Class C shares of
the Fund may be
lower than the per share dividends on Class A and Class Y
shares principally
as a result of the distribution fee applicable with respect
to Class B and
Class C shares. The per share dividends on Class A shares of
the Fund may be
lower than the per share dividends on Class Y shares
principally as a result
of the


23
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES (CONTINUED)

service fee applicable to Class A shares. Distributions of
capital gains, if
any, will be in the same amount for Class A, Class B, Class
C and Class Y
shares.

 TAXES

  The Fund has qualified and intends to continue to qualify
each year as a reg-
ulated investment company under the Code. Dividends paid
from net investment
income and distributions of net realized short-term capital
gains are taxable
to shareholders as ordinary income, regardless of how long
shareholders have
held their Fund shares and whether such dividends and
distributions are
received in cash or reinvested in additional Fund shares.
Distributions of net
realized long-term capital gains will be taxable to
shareholders as long-term
capital gains, regardless of how long shareholders have held
Fund shares and
whether such distributions are received in cash or are
reinvested in additional
Fund shares. Furthermore, as a general rule, a shareholder's
gain or loss on a
sale or redemption of Fund shares will be a long-term
capital gain or loss if
the shareholder has held the shares for more than one year
and will be a short-
term capital gain or loss if the shareholder has held the
shares for one year
or less. Some of the Fund's dividends declared from net
investment income may
qualify for the Federal dividends-received deduction for
corporations.

  Statements as to the tax status of each shareholder's
dividends and distribu-
tions are mailed annually. Each shareholder also will
receive, if appropriate,
various written notices after the close of the Fund's prior
taxable year as to
the Federal income tax status of his or her dividends and
distributions which
were received from the Fund during the Fund's prior taxable
year. Shareholders
should consult their tax advisors about the status of the
Fund's dividends and
distributions for state and local tax liabilities.

PURCHASE OF SHARES


 GENERAL

  The Fund offers four Classes of shares. Class A shares are
sold to investors
with an initial sales charge and Class B and Class C shares
are sold without an
initial sales charge but are subject to a CDSC payable upon
certain redemp-
tions. Class Y shares are sold without an initial sales
charge or CDSC, and are
available only to investors investing a minimum of
$5,000,000. See "Prospectus
Summary--Alternative Purchase Arrangements" for a discussion
of factors to con-
sider in selecting which Class of shares to purchase.

24
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PURCHASE OF SHARES (CONTINUED)


  Purchases of Fund shares must be made through a brokerage
account maintained
with Smith Barney, an Introducing Broker or an investment
dealer in the selling
group, except for investors purchasing shares of the Fund
through a qualified
retirement plan who may do so directly through TSSG. When
purchasing shares of
the Fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for
Class A, Class B,
Class C or Class Y shares. No maintenance fee will be
charged by the Fund in
connection with a brokerage account through which an
investor purchases or
holds shares.

  Investors in Class A, Class B and Class C shares may open
an account by mak-
ing an initial investment of at least $1,000 for each
account, or $250 for an
IRA or a Self-Employed Retirement Plan in the Fund.
Investors in Class Y shares
may open an account by making an initial investment of
$5,000,000. Subsequent
investments of at least $50 may be made for all Classes. For
participants in
retirement plans qualified under Section 403(b)(7) or
Section 401(a) of the
Code, the minimum initial investment requirement for Class
A, Class B and Class
C shares and the subsequent investment requirement for all
Classes in the Fund
is $25. For the Fund's Systematic Investment Plan, the
minimum initial invest-
ment requirement for Class A, Class B and Class C shares and
the subsequent
investment requirement for all Classes is $50. There are no
minimum investment
requirements for Class A shares for employees of Travelers
and its subsidiar-
ies, including Smith Barney, Trustees of the Trust and their
spouses and chil-
dren. The Fund reserves the right to waive or change
minimums, to decline any
order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of
shares from time to
time. Shares purchased will be held in the shareholder's
account by the Fund's
transfer agent, TSSG. Share certificates are issued only
upon a shareholder's
written request to TSSG.

  Purchase orders received by the Fund or Smith Barney prior
to the close of
regular trading on the NYSE, on any day the Fund calculates
its net asset val-
ue, are priced according to the net asset value determined
on that day. Orders
received by dealers or Introducing Brokers prior to the
close of regular trad-
ing on the NYSE on any day the Fund calculates its net asset
value, are priced
according to the net asset value determined on that day,
provided the order is
received by the Fund or Smith Barney prior to Smith Barney's
close of business
(the "trade date"). Payment for Fund shares is due on the
third business day
after the trade date.


25
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PURCHASE OF SHARES (CONTINUED)


 SYSTEMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN

  Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any
time by purchasing
shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment
Plan. Under the
Systematic Investment Plan, Smith Barney or TSSG is
authorized through preau-
thorized transfers of $50 or more to charge the regular bank
account or other
financial institution indicated by the shareholder on a
monthly or quarterly
basis to provide systematic additions to the shareholder's
Fund account.
A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the
transfer will be
charged a fee of up to $25 by Smith Barney or TSSG. The
Systematic Investment
Plan also authorizes Smith Barney to apply cash held in the
shareholder's Smith
Barney brokerage account or redeem the shareholder's shares
of a Smith Barney
money market fund to make additions to the account.
Additional information is
available from the Fund or a Smith Barney Financial
Consultant.

 INITIAL SALES CHARGE ALTERNATIVE--CLASS A SHARES

  The sales charges applicable to purchases of Class A
shares of the Fund are
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                SALES CHARGE
                       ------------------------------
DEALERS'
       AMOUNT OF            % OF           % OF
REALLOWANCE AS %
      INVESTMENT       OFFERING PRICE AMOUNT INVESTED OF
OFFERING PRICE
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------
  <S>                  <C>            <C>             <C>
  Less than  $ 25,000       5.00%          5.26%
4.50%
  $ 25,000 - $ 49,999       4.00%          4.17%
3.60%
  $ 50,000 - $ 99,999       3.50%          3.63%
3.15%
  $100,000 - $249,999       3.00%          3.09%
2.70%
  $250,000 - $499,999       2.00%          2.04%
1.80%
  $500,000 and over          *               *
*
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------
</TABLE>
*  Purchases of Class A shares, which when combined with
current holdings of
   Class A shares offered with a sales charge, equal or
exceed $500,000 in the
   aggregate, will be made at net asset value without any
initial sales charge,
   but will be subject to a CDSC of 1.00% on redemptions
made within 12 months
   of purchase. The CDSC on Class A shares is payable to
Smith Barney, which
   compensates Smith Barney Financial Consultants and other
dealers whose
   clients make purchases of $500,000 or more. The CDSC is
waived in the same
   circumstances in which the CDSC applicable to Class B and
Class C shares is
   waived. See "Deferred Sales Charge Alternatives" and
"Waivers of CDSC."

  Members of the selling group may receive up to 90% of the
sales charge and
may be deemed to be underwriters of the Fund as defined in
the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended.

26
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PURCHASE OF SHARES (CONTINUED)


  The reduced sales charges shown above apply to the
aggregate of purchases of
Class A shares of the Fund made at one time by "any person,"
which includes an
individual, his or her spouse and children, or a trustee or
other fiduciary of
a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. The
reduced sales charge
minimums may also be met by aggregating the purchase with
the net asset value
of all Class A shares offered with a sales charge held in
funds sponsored by
Smith Barney listed under "Exchange Privilege."

 INITIAL SALES CHARGE WAIVERS

  Purchases of Class A shares may be made at net asset value
without a sales
charge in the following circumstances: (a) sales of Class A
shares to Trustees
of the Trust, employees of Travelers and its subsidiaries
and employees of
members of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc., or the
spouses and children of such persons (including the
surviving spouse of a
deceased Trustee or employee, and retired Trustees or
employees), or sales to
any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for
such persons pro-
vided such sales are made upon the assurance of the
purchaser that the pur-
chase is made for investment purposes and that the
securities will not be re-
sold except through redemption or repurchase; (b) offers of
Class A shares to
any other investment company in connection with the
combination of such com-
pany with the Fund by merger, acquisition of assets or
otherwise; (c) pur-
chases of Class A shares by any client of a newly employed
Smith Barney Finan-
cial Consultant (for a period up to 90 days from the
commencement of the
Financial Consultant's employment with Smith Barney), on the
condition the
purchase of Class A shares is made with the proceeds of the
redemption of
shares of a mutual fund which (i) was sponsored by the
Financial Consultant's
prior employer, (ii) was sold to the client by the Financial
Consultant and
(iii) was subject to a sales charge; (d) shareholders who
have redeemed Class
A shares in the Fund (or Class A shares of another of the
Smith Barney Mutual
Funds that are offered with a sales charge equal to or
greater than the maxi-
mum sales charge of the Fund) and who wish to reinvest their
redemption pro-
ceeds in the Fund, provided the reinvestment is made within
60 calendar days
of the redemption; and (e) accounts managed by registered
investment advisory
subsidiaries of Travelers. In order to obtain such
discounts, the purchaser
must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase
to permit verifi-
cation that the purchase would qualify for the elimination
of the sales
charge.


27
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PURCHASE OF SHARES (CONTINUED)


 RIGHT OF ACCUMULATION

  Class A shares of the Fund may be purchased by "any
person" (as defined
above) at a reduced sales charge or at net asset value
determined by aggregat-
ing the dollar amount of the new purchase and the total net
asset value of all
Class A shares of the Fund and of funds sponsored by Smith
Barney which are
offered with a sales charge listed under "Exchange
Privilege" then held by
such person and applying the sales charge applicable to such
aggregate. In
order to obtain such discount, the purchaser must provide
sufficient informa-
tion at the time of purchase to permit verification that the
purchase quali-
fies for the reduced sales charge. The right of accumulation
is subject to
modification or discontinuance at any time with respect to
all shares pur-
chased thereafter.

 GROUP PURCHASES

  Upon completion of certain automated systems, a reduced
sales charge or pur-
chase at net asset value will also be available to employees
(and partners) of
the same employer purchasing as a group, provided each
participant makes the
minimum initial investment required. The sales charge
applicable to purchases
by each member of such a group will be determined by the
table set forth above
under "Initial Sales Charge Alternative--Class A Shares,"
and will be based
upon the aggregate sales of Class A shares of certain Smith
Barney Mutual
Funds offered with a sales charge to, and share holdings of,
all members of
the group. To be eligible for such reduced sales charges or
to purchase at net
asset value, all purchases must be pursuant to an employer-
or partnership-
sanctioned plan meeting certain requirements. One such
requirement is that the
plan must be open to specified partners or employees of the
employer and its
subsidiaries, if any. Such plan may, but is not required to,
provide for pay-
roll deductions, IRAs or investments pursuant to retirement
plans under Sec-
tions 401 or 408 of the Code. Smith Barney may also offer a
reduced sales
charge or net asset value purchase for aggregating related
fiduciary accounts
under such conditions that Smith Barney will realize
economies of sales
efforts and sales related expenses. An individual who is a
member of a quali-
fied group may also purchase Class A shares at the reduced
sales charge appli-
cable to the group as a whole. The sales charge is based
upon the aggregate
dollar value of Class A shares offered with a sales charge
that have been pre-
viously purchased and are still owned by the group, plus the
amount of the
current purchase. A "qualified group" is one which (a) has
been in existence
for more than six months, (b) has a purpose other than
acquiring Fund shares
at a discount and (c) satisfies uniform criteria which
enable Smith Barney to
realize economies of scale in its costs of distributing
shares. A qualified
group must have more than 10 mem-

28
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PURCHASE OF SHARES (CONTINUED)

bers, must be available to arrange for group meetings
between representatives
of the Fund and the members, and must agree to include sales
and other materi-
als related to the Fund in its publications and mailings to
members at no cost
to Smith Barney. In order to obtain such reduced sales
charge or to purchase
at net asset value, the purchaser must provide sufficient
information at the
time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase
qualifies for the
reduced sales charge. Approval of group purchase reduced
sales charge plans is
subject to the discretion of Smith Barney.

 LETTER OF INTENT

  Class A Shares. A Letter of Intent for amounts of $50,000
or more provides
an opportunity for an investor to obtain a reduced sales
charge by aggregating
investments over a 13 month period, provided that the
investor refers to such
Letter when placing orders. For purposes of a Letter of
Intent, the "Amount of
Investment" as referred to in the preceding sales charge
table includes pur-
chases of all Class A shares of the Fund and other funds of
the Smith Barney
Mutual Funds offered with a sales charge over the 13 month
period based on the
total amount of intended purchases plus the value of all
Class A shares previ-
ously purchased and still owned. An alternative is to
compute the 13 month
period starting up to 90 days before the date of execution
of a Letter of
Intent. Each investment made during the period receives the
reduced sales
charge applicable to the total amount of the investment
goal. If the goal is
not achieved within the period, the investor must pay the
difference between
the sales charges applicable to the purchases made and the
charges previously
paid, or an appropriate number of escrowed shares will be
redeemed. Please
contact a Smith Barney Financial Consultant or TSSG to
obtain a Letter of
Intent application.

  Class Y Shares. A Letter of Intent may also be used as a
way for investors
to meet the minimum investment requirement for Class Y
shares. Such investors
must make an initial minimum purchase of $1,000,000 in Class
Y shares of the
Fund and agree to purchase a total of $5,000,000 of Class Y
shares of the same
Fund within six months from the date of the Letter. If a
total investment of
$5,000,000 is not made within the six month period, all
Class Y shares pur-
chased to date will be transferred to Class A shares, where
they will be sub-
ject to all fees (including a service fee of 0.25%) and
expenses applicable to
the Fund's Class A shares, which may include a CDSC of
1.00%. Please contact a
Smith Barney Financial Consultant or TSSG for further
information.


29
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PURCHASE OF SHARES (CONTINUED)


 DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ALTERNATIVES

  "CDSC Shares" are sold at net asset value next determined
without an initial
sales charge so that the full amount of an investor's
purchase payment may be
immediately invested in the Fund. A CDSC, however, may be
imposed on certain
redemptions of these shares. "CDSC Shares" are: (a) Class B
shares; (b) Class
C shares; and (c) Class A shares which when combined with
Class A shares
offered with a sales charge currently held by an investor
equal or exceed
$500,000 in the aggregate.

  Any applicable CDSC will be assessed on an amount equal to
the lesser of the
original cost of the shares being redeemed or their net
asset value at the
time of redemption. CDSC Shares that are redeemed will not
be subject to a
CDSC to the extent that the value of such shares represents:
(a) capital
appreciation of Fund assets; (b) reinvestment of dividends
or capital gain
distributions; (c) with respect to Class B shares, shares
redeemed more than
five years after their purchase; or (d) with respect to
Class C shares and
Class A shares that are CDSC Shares, shares redeemed more
than 12 months after
their purchase.

  Class C shares and Class A shares that are CDSC Shares are
subject to a
1.00% CDSC if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. In
circumstances in which
the CDSC is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the
charge will depend on
the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase
payment from which
the amount is being redeemed. Solely for purposes of
determining the number of
years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made
during a month will
be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day
of the preceding
Smith Barney statement month. The following table sets forth
the rates of the
charge for redemptions of Class B shares by shareholders,
except in the case
of purchases by Participating Plans, as described below. See
"Purchase of
Shares--Smith Barney 401(k) Program."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      YEAR SINCE PURCHASE
      PAYMENT WAS MADE      CDSC
- ---------------------------------
      <S>                   <C>
      First                 5.00%
      Second                4.00%
      Third                 3.00%
      Fourth                2.00%
      Fifth                 1.00%
      Sixth                 0.00%
      Seventh               0.00%
      Eighth                0.00%
- ---------------------------------
</TABLE>


30
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PURCHASE OF SHARES (CONTINUED)

  Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A
shares eight years after
the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no
longer be subject
to any distribution fees. There also will be converted at
that time such pro-
portion of Class B Dividend Shares owned by the shareholder
as the total number
of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to
the total number
of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B Dividend
Shares) owned by the
shareholder. Shareholders who held Class B shares of Smith
Barney Shearson
Short-Term World Income Fund (the "Short-Term World Income
Fund") on July 15,
1994 and who subsequently exchange those shares for Class B
shares of the Fund
will be offered the opportunity to exchange all such Class B
shares for Class A
shares of the Fund four years after the date on which those
shares were deemed
to have been purchased. Holders of such Class B shares will
be notified of the
pending exchange in writing approximately 30 days before the
fourth anniversary
of the purchase date and, unless the exchange has been
rejected in writing, the
exchange will occur on or about the fourth anniversary date.
See "Prospectus
Summary--Alternative Purchase Arrangements Class B Shares
Conversion Feature."

  In determining the applicability of any CDSC, it will be
assumed that a
redemption is made first of shares representing capital
appreciation, next of
shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and
capital gains distribu-
tions and finally, of other shares held by the shareholder
for the longest
period of time. The length of time that CDSC Shares acquired
through an
exchange have been held will be calculated from the date
that the shares
exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other Smith
Barney Mutual
Funds, and Fund shares being redeemed will be considered to
represent, as
applicable, capital appreciation or dividend and capital
gain distribution
reinvestments in such other funds. For Federal income tax
purposes, the amount
of the CDSC will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as
the case may be, on
the amount realized on redemption. The amount of any CDSC
will be paid to Smith
Barney.

  To provide an example, assume an investor purchased 100
Class B shares at $10
per share for a cost of $1,000. Subsequently, the investor
acquired 5 addi-
tional shares through dividend reinvestment. During the
fifteenth month after
the purchase, the investor decided to redeem $500 of his or
her investment.
Assuming at the time of the redemption the net asset value
had appreciated to
$12 per share, the value of the investor's shares would be
$1,260 (105 shares
at $12 per share). The CDSC would not be applied to the
amount which represents
appreciation ($200) and the value of the reinvested dividend
shares ($60).
Therefore, $240 of the $500 redemption proceeds ($500 minus
$260) would be


31
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PURCHASE OF SHARES (CONTINUED)

charged at a rate of 4.00% (the applicable rate for Class B
shares) for a total
deferred sales charge of $9.60.

 WAIVERS OF CDSC

  The CDSC will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see "Exchange
Privilege"); (b) au-
tomatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than
1.00% per month of
the value of the shareholder's shares at the time the
withdrawal plan commences
(see "Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan") (provided, however,
that automatic cash
withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% per month
of the value of
the shareholder's shares will be permitted for withdrawal
plans that were
established prior to November 7, 1994); (c) redemptions of
shares within 12
months following the death or disability of the shareholder;
(d) redemption of
shares made in connection with qualified distributions from
retirement plans or
IRAs upon the attainment of age 59 1/2; (e) involuntary
redemptions; and (f)
redemptions of shares in connection with a combination of
the Fund with any
investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or
otherwise. In addition,
a shareholder who has redeemed shares from other of the
Smith Barney Mutual
Funds may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part
of the redemption
proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any
CDSC imposed on the
prior redemption.

  CDSC waivers will be granted subject to confirmation (by
Smith Barney in the
case of shareholders who are also Smith Barney clients or by
TSSG in the case
of all other shareholders) of the shareholder's status or
holdings, as the case
may be.

 SMITH BARNEY 401(K) PROGRAM

  Investors may be eligible to participate in the Smith
Barney 401(k) Program,
which is generally designed to assist plan sponsors in the
creation and opera-
tion of retirement plans under Section 401(a) of the Code.
To the extent appli-
cable, the same terms and conditions are offered to all
Participating Plans in
the Smith Barney 401(k) Program.

  The Fund offers to Participating Plans Class A, Class B,
Class C and Class Y
shares as investment alternatives under the Smith Barney
401(k) Program. Class
A, Class B and Class C shares acquired through the Smith
Barney 401(k) Program
are subject to the same service and/or distribution fees as,
but different
sales charge and CDSC schedules than, the Class A, Class B
and Class C shares
acquired by other investors. Similar to those available to
other investors,

32
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PURCHASE OF SHARES (CONTINUED)

Class Y shares acquired through the Smith Barney 401(k)
Program are not subject
to any initial sales charge, CDSC or service or distribution
fee. Once a Par-
ticipating Plan has made an initial investment in the Fund,
all of its subse-
quent investments in the Fund must be in the same Class of
shares, except as
otherwise described below.

  Class A Shares. Class A shares of the Fund are offered
without any initial
sales charge to any Participating Plan that purchases from
$500,000 to
$4,999,999 of Class A shares of one or more funds of the
Smith Barney Mutual
Funds. Class A shares acquired through the Smith Barney
401(k) Program after
November 7, 1994 are subject to a CDSC of 1.00% of
redemption proceeds, if the
Participating Plan terminates within four years of the date
the Participating
Plan first enrolled in the Smith Barney 401(k) Program.

  Class B Shares. Class B shares of the Fund are offered to
any Participating
Plan that purchases less than $250,000 of one or more funds
of the Smith Barney
Mutual Funds. Class B shares acquired through the Smith
Barney 401(k) Program
are subject to a CDSC of 3.00% of redemption proceeds, if
the Participating
Plan terminates within eight years of the date the
Participating Plan first
enrolled in the Smith Barney 401(k) Program.

  Eight years after the date the Participating Plan enrolled
in the Smith Bar-
ney 401(k) Program, it will be offered the opportunity to
exchange all of its
Class B shares for Class A shares of the Fund. Such Plans
will be notified of
the pending exchange in writing approximately 60 days before
the eighth anni-
versary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange has
been rejected in
writing, the exchange will occur on or about the eighth
anniversary date. Once
the exchange has occurred, a Participating Plan will not be
eligible to acquire
additional Class B shares of the Fund but instead may
acquire Class A shares of
the Fund. If the Participating Plan elects not to exchange
all of its Class B
shares at that time, each Class B share held by the
Participating Plan will
have the same conversion feature as Class B shares held by
other investors. See
"Purchase of Shares--Deferred Sales Charge Alternatives."

  Class C Shares. Class C shares of the Fund are offered to
any Participating
Plan that purchases from $250,000 to $499,999 of one or more
funds of the Smith
Barney Mutual Funds. Class C shares acquired through the
Smith Barney 401(k)
Program after November 7, 1994 are subject to a CDSC of
1.00% of redemption
proceeds, if the Participating Plan terminates within four
years of the date
the Participating Plan first enrolled in the Smith Barney
401(k) Program. Each
year after the date a Participating Plan enrolled in the
Smith Barney


33
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PURCHASE OF SHARES (CONTINUED)

401(k) Program, if its total Class C holdings equal at least
$500,000 as of the
calendar year-end, the Participating Plan will be offered
the opportunity to
exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the
Fund. Such Plans
will be notified in writing within 30 days after the last
business day of the
calendar year, and unless the exchange offer has been
rejected in writing, the
exchange will occur on or about the last business day of the
following March.
Once the exchange has occurred, a Participating Plan will
not be eligible to
acquire Class C shares of the Fund but instead may acquire
Class A shares of
the Fund. Class C shares not converted will continue to be
subject to the dis-
tribution fee.

  Class Y Shares. Class Y shares of the Fund are offered
without any service or
distribution fees, sales charge or CDSC to any Participating
Plan that pur-
chases $5,000,000 or more of Class Y shares of one or more
funds of the
Smith Barney Mutual Funds.

  No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of CDSC Shares to the
extent that the net
asset value of the shares redeemed does not exceed the
current net asset value
of the shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends or
capital gain dis-
tributions, plus (a) with respect to Class A and Class C
shares, the current
net asset value of such shares purchased more than one year
prior to redemption
and, with respect to Class B shares, the current net asset
value of Class B
shares purchased more than eight years prior to the
redemption, plus (b) with
respect to Class A and Class C shares, increases in the net
asset value of the
shareholder's Class A or Class C shares above the purchase
payments made during
the preceding year and, with respect to Class B shares,
increases in the net
asset value of the shareholder's Class B shares above the
purchase payments
made during the preceding eight years. Whether or not the
CDSC applies to a
Participating Plan depends on the number of years since the
Participating Plan
first became enrolled in the Smith Barney 401(k) Program,
unlike the applica-
bility of the CDSC to other shareholders, which depends on
the number of years
since those shareholders made the purchase payment from
which the amount is
being redeemed.

  The CDSC will be waived on redemptions of CDSC Shares in
connection with
lump-sum or other distributions made by a Participating Plan
as a result of:
(a) the retirement of an employee in the Participating Plan;
(b) the termina-
tion of employment of an employee in the Participating Plan;
(c) the death or
disability of an employee in the Participating Plan; (d) the
attainment of age
59 1/2 by an employee in the Participating Plan; (e)
hardship of an employee in
the Participating Plan to the extent permitted under Section
401(k) of the
Code;

34
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

PURCHASE OF SHARES (CONTINUED)

or (f) redemptions of shares in connection with a loan made
by the Participat-
ing Plan to an employee.

  Participating Plans wishing to acquire shares of the Fund
through the
Smith Barney 401(k) Program must purchase such shares
directly from TSSG. For
further information regarding the Smith Barney 401(k)
Program, investors should
contact a Smith Barney Financial Consultant.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE


  Except as otherwise noted below, shares of each Class may
be exchanged at the
net asset value next determined for shares of the same Class
in the following
funds of the Smith Barney Mutual Funds, to the extent shares
are offered for
sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges of
Class A, Class B and
Class C shares are subject to minimum investment
requirements and all shares
are subject to the other requirements of the fund into which
exchanges are made
and a sales charge differential may apply.

 FUND NAME

  Growth Funds
    Smith Barney Aggressive Growth Fund Inc.
    Smith Barney Appreciation Fund Inc.
    Smith Barney Fundamental Value Fund Inc.
    Smith Barney Growth Opportunity Fund
    Smith Barney Managed Growth Fund
    Smith Barney Special Equities Fund
    Smith Barney Telecommunications Growth Fund

  Growth and Income Funds
    Smith Barney Convertible Fund
    Smith Barney Funds, Inc.--Income and Growth Portfolio
    Smith Barney Growth and Income Fund
    Smith Barney Strategic Investors Fund
    Smith Barney Utilities Fund

  Taxable Fixed-Income Funds
    **Smith Barney Adjustable Rate Government Income Fund
    Smith Barney Diversified Strategic Income Fund
     *Smith Barney Funds, Inc.--Income Return Account
Portfolio


35
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE (CONTINUED)

  +++Smith Barney Funds, Inc.--Short-Term U.S. Treasury
Securities Portfolio
    Smith Barney Funds, Inc.--U.S. Government Securities
Portfolio
    Smith Barney Government Securities Fund
    Smith Barney High Income Fund
    Smith Barney Investment Grade Bond Fund
    Smith Barney Managed Governments Fund Inc.

  Tax-Exempt Funds
    Smith Barney Arizona Municipals Fund Inc.
    Smith Barney California Municipals Fund Inc.
     *Smith Barney Intermediate Maturity California
Municipals Fund
     *Smith Barney Intermediate Maturity New York Municipals
Fund
    Smith Barney Managed Municipals Fund Inc.
    Smith Barney Massachusetts Municipals Fund
     *Smith Barney Muni Funds--California Limited Term
Portfolio
     *Smith Barney Muni Funds--Florida Limited Term
Portfolio
    Smith Barney Muni Funds--Florida Portfolio
    Smith Barney Muni Funds--Georgia Portfolio
     *Smith Barney Muni Funds--Limited Term Portfolio
    Smith Barney Muni Funds--New York Portfolio
    Smith Barney Muni Funds--Ohio Portfolio
    Smith Barney Muni Funds--Pennsylvania Portfolio
    Smith Barney New Jersey Municipals Fund Inc.
    Smith Barney Oregon Municipals Fund
    Smith Barney Tax-Exempt Income Fund

  International Funds
    Smith Barney Precious Metals and Minerals Fund Inc.
    Smith Barney World Funds, Inc.--Emerging Markets
Portfolio
    Smith Barney World Funds, Inc.--European Portfolio
    Smith Barney World Funds, Inc.--Global Government Bond
Portfolio
    Smith Barney World Funds, Inc.--International Balanced
Portfolio
    Smith Barney World Funds, Inc.--International Equity
Portfolio
    Smith Barney World Funds, Inc.--Pacific Portfolio

  Money Market Funds
     +Smith Barney Exchange Reserve Fund
    ++Smith Barney Money Funds, Inc.--Cash Portfolio
    ++Smith Barney Money Funds, Inc.--Government Portfolio
    ***Smith Barney Money Funds, Inc.--Retirement Portfolio

36
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE (CONTINUED)

    Smith Barney Municipal Money Market Fund, Inc.
    Smith Barney Muni Funds--California Money Market
Portfolio
    Smith Barney Muni Funds--New York Money Market Portfolio
- ------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------
  * Available for exchange with Class A, Class C and Class Y
shares of the
    Fund.
 ** Available for exchange with Class A, Class B and Class Y
shares of the
    Fund. In addition, shareholders who own Class C shares
of the Fund through
    the Smith Barney 401(k) Program may exchange those
shares for Class C
    shares of this fund.
*** Available for exchange with Class A shares of the Fund.
  + Available for exchange with Class B and Class C shares
of the Fund.
 ++ Available for exchange with Class A and Class Y shares
of the Fund. In
    addition, shareholders who own Class C shares of the
Fund through the
    Smith Barney 401(k) Program may exchange those shares
for Class C shares
    of this fund.
+++ Available for exchange with Class A and Class Y shares
of the Fund.

  Class A Exchanges. Class A shares of Smith Barney Mutual
Funds sold without
a sales charge or with a maximum sales charge of less than
the maximum charged
by other Smith Barney Mutual Funds will be subject to the
appropriate "sales
charge differential" upon the exchange of such shares for
Class A shares of a
fund sold with a higher sales charge. The "sales charge
differential" is lim-
ited to a percentage rate no greater than the excess of the
sales charge rate
applicable to purchases of shares of the mutual fund being
acquired in the
exchange over the sales charge rate(s) actually paid on the
mutual fund shares
relinquished in the exchange and on any predecessor of those
shares. For pur-
poses of the exchange privilege, shares obtained through
automatic reinvest-
ment of dividends and capital gains distributions are
treated as having paid
the same sales charges applicable to the shares on which the
dividends or dis-
tributions were paid; however, except in the case of the
Smith Barney 401(k)
Program, if no sales charge was imposed upon the initial
purchase of the
shares, any shares obtained through automatic reinvestment
will be subject to
a sales charge differential upon exchange.

  Class B Exchanges. In the event a Class B shareholder
(unless such share-
holder was a Class B shareholder of the Short-Term World
Income Fund on July
15, 1994) wishes to exchange all or a portion of his or her
shares in any of
the funds imposing a higher CDSC than that imposed by the
Fund, the exchanged
Class B shares will be subject to the higher applicable
CDSC. Upon an
exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been
purchased on the
same date as the Class B shares of the Fund that have been
exchanged.

  Class C Exchanges. Upon an exchange, the new Class C
shares will be deemed
to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C
shares of the Fund that
have been exchanged.



37
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE (CONTINUED)

  Class Y Exchanges. Class Y shareholders of the Fund who
wish to exchange all
or a portion of their Class Y shares for Class Y shares in
any of the funds
identified above may do so without imposition of any charge.

  Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege.
Although the
exchange privilege is an important benefit, excessive
exchange transactions
can be detrimental to the Fund's performance and its
shareholders. Strategy
Advisers may determine that a pattern of frequent exchanges
is excessive and
contrary to the best interests of the Fund's other
shareholders. In this
event, Strategy Advisers will notify Smith Barney that the
Fund may, at its
discretion, decide to limit additional purchases and/or
exchanges by a share-
holder. Upon such a determination, the Fund will provide
notice in writing or
by telephone to the shareholder at least 15 days prior to
suspending the
exchange privilege and during the 15-day period the
shareholder will be
required to (a) redeem his or her shares in the Fund or (b)
remain invested in
the Fund or exchange into any of the funds of the Smith
Barney Mutual Funds
ordinarily available, which position the shareholder would
be expected to
maintain for a significant period of time. All relevant
factors will be con-
sidered in determining what constitutes an abusive pattern
of exchanges.

  Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by
telephone. See "Re-
demption of Shares--Telephone Redemption and Exchange
Program." Exchanges will
be processed at the net asset value next determined, plus
any applicable sales
charge differential. Redemption procedures discussed below
are also applicable
for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon
receipt of all support-
ing documents in proper form. If the account registration of
the shares of the
fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the
shares of the fund
exchanged, no signature guarantee is required. A capital
gain or loss for tax
purposes will be realized upon the exchange, depending upon
the cost or other
basis of shares redeemed. Before exchanging shares,
investors should read the
current prospectus describing the shares to be acquired. The
Fund reserves the
right to modify or discontinue exchange privileges upon 60
days' prior notice
to shareholders.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES


  The Fund is required to redeem the shares of the Fund
tendered to it, as
described below, at a redemption price equal to their net
asset value per
share next determined after receipt of a written request in
proper form at no
charge other than any applicable CDSC. Redemption requests
received after the
close

38
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

REDEMPTION OF SHARES (CONTINUED)

of regular trading on the NYSE are priced at the net asset
value next deter-
mined.

  If a shareholder holds shares in more than one Class, any
request for
redemption must specify the Class being redeemed. In the
event of a failure to
specify which Class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of
the Class than
specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the
Fund's transfer
agent receives further instructions from Smith Barney, or if
the shareholder's
account is not with Smith Barney, from the shareholder
directly. The redemp-
tion proceeds will be remitted on or before the third day
following receipt of
proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is
closed or as permitted
under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") in
extraordinary
circumstances. Generally, if the redemption proceeds are
remitted to a Smith
Barney brokerage account, these funds will not be invested
for the sharehold-
er's benefit without specific instruction and Smith Barney
will benefit from
the use of temporarily uninvested funds. Redemption proceeds
for shares pur-
chased by check, other than a certified or official bank
check, will be remit-
ted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten
days or more.

  Shares held by Smith Barney as custodian must be redeemed
by submitting a
written request to a Smith Barney Financial Consultant.
Shares other than
those held by Smith Barney as custodian may be redeemed
through an investor's
Financial Consultant, Introducing Broker or dealer in the
selling group or by
submitting a written request for redemption to:

     Smith Barney Premium Total Return Fund
     Class A, B, C or Y (please specify)
     c/o The Shareholder Services Group, Inc.
     P.O. Box 9134
     Boston, Massachusetts 02205-9134

  A written redemption request must (a) state the Class and
number or dollar
amount of shares to be redeemed, (b) identify the
shareholder's account number
and (c) be signed by each registered owner exactly as the
shares are regis-
tered. If the shares to be redeemed were issued in
certificate form, the cer-
tificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied
by an endorsed
stock power) and must be submitted to TSSG together with the
redemption
request. Any signature appearing on a redemption request,
share certificate or
stock power must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor
institution such as a
domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit
union, member
bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a
national securities
exchange. TSSG may


39
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

REDEMPTION OF SHARES (CONTINUED)

require additional supporting documents for redemptions made
by corporations,
executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A
redemption request will not
be deemed properly received until TSSG receives all required
documents in
proper form.

  Any signature appearing on a written redemption request of
$2,000 or greater
must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such
as a domestic
bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union,
member bank of the
Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national
securities. Written redemp-
tion requests of $2,000 or less do not require a signature
guarantee unless
more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day
period. Redemption
proceeds will be mailed to an investor's address of record.

 AUTOMATIC CASH WITHDRAWAL PLAN

  The Fund offers shareholders an automatic cash withdrawal
plan, under which
shareholders who own shares with a value of at least $10,000
may elect to
receive cash payments of at least $50 monthly or quarterly.
Retirement plan
accounts are eligible for automatic cash withdrawal plans
only where the share-
holder is eligible to receive qualified distributions and
has an account value
of at least $5,000. The withdrawal plan will be carried over
on exchanges
between funds or Classes of the Fund. Any applicable CDSC
will not be waived on
amounts withdrawn by a shareholder that exceed 1.00% per
month of the value of
the shareholder's shares subject to the CDSC at the time the
withdrawal plan
commences. For further information regarding the automatic
cash withdrawal
plan, shareholders should contact a Smith Barney Financial
Consultant.

 TELEPHONE REDEMPTION AND EXCHANGE PROGRAM

  Shareholders who do not have a Smith Barney brokerage
account may be eligible
to redeem and exchange Fund shares by telephone. To
determine if a shareholder
is entitled to participate in this program, he or she should
contact TSSG at 1-
800-451-2010. Once eligibility is confirmed, the shareholder
must complete and
return a Telephone Authorization Form that will be provided
by TSSG upon
request. (Alternatively, an investor may authorize telephone
redemptions on the
new account application when making his/her initial
investment in the Fund.)

  Redemptions. Redemption requests of up to $10,000 may be
made by eligible
shareholders by calling TSSG at 1-800-451-2010. Such
requests may be

40
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

REDEMPTION OF SHARES (CONTINUED)

made between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on
any day the NYSE
is open. Redemptions of shares (i) by retirement plans or
(ii) for which cer-
tificates have been issued are not permitted under this
program.

  A shareholder will have the option of having the
redemption proceeds mailed
to his/her address of record or wired to a bank account
predesignated by the
shareholder. Generally, redemption proceeds will be mailed
or wired, as the
case may be, on the next business day following the
redemption request. In
order to use the wire procedures, the bank receiving the
proceeds must be a
member of the Federal Reserve System or have a correspondent
with a member
bank. The Fund reserves the right to charge shareholders a
nominal fee for each
wire redemption. Such charges, if any, will be assessed
against the sharehold-
er's account from which shares were redeemed. In order to
change the bank
account designated to receive redemption proceeds, a
shareholder must complete
a new Telephone Authorization Form and, for the protection
of the shareholder's
assets, will be required to provide a signature guarantee
and certain other
documentation.

  Exchanges. Eligible shareholders may make exchanges by
telephone if the
account registration of the shares of the fund being
acquired is identical to
the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged. Such
exchange requests
may be made by calling TSSG at 1-800-451-2010 between 9:00
a.m. and 4:00 p.m.
(New York City time) on any day on which the NYSE is open.

  Additional Information regarding Telephone Redemption and
Exchange
Program. The Fund will not be liable for following
instructions communicated by
telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine. The
Fund will employ pro-
cedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and
legitimacy of
instructions (for example, the Fund will require the
shareholder's name and
account number and may record calls). The Fund reserves the
right to suspend,
modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange
program or to
impose a charge for this service at any time following at
least seven (7) days
prior notice to shareholders.


41
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

MINIMUM ACCOUNT SIZE

  The Fund reserves the right to involuntarily liquidate any
shareholder's
account in the Fund if the aggregate net asset value of the
shares held in the
Fund account is less than $500. (If a shareholder has more
than one account in
this Fund, each account must satisfy the minimum account
size.) The Fund, how-
ever, will not redeem shares based solely on market
reductions in net asset
value. Before the Fund exercises such right, shareholders
will receive written
notice and will be permitted 60 days to bring accounts up to
the minimum to
avoid automatic redemption.

PERFORMANCE


 TOTAL RETURN

  From time to time the Fund may include its total return,
average annual total
return and current dividend return in advertisements and/or
other types of
sales literature. These figures are computed separately for
Class A, Class B,
Class C and Class Y shares of the Fund. These figures are
based on historical
earnings and are not intended to indicate future
performance. Total return is
computed for a specified period of time assuming deduction
of the maximum sales
charge, if any, from the initial amount invested and
reinvestment of all income
dividends and capital gain distributions on the reinvestment
dates at prices
calculated as stated in this Prospectus, then dividing the
value of the invest-
ment at the end of the period so calculated by the initial
amount invested and
subtracting 100%. The standard average annual total return,
as prescribed by
the SEC, is derived from this total return, which provides
the ending redeem-
able value. Such standard total return information may also
be accompanied with
nonstandard total return information for differing periods
computed in the same
manner but without annualizing the total return or taking
sales charges into
account. The Fund calculates current dividend return for
each Class by
annualizing the most recent monthly distribution and
dividing by the net asset
value or the maximum public offering price (including sales
charge) on the last
day of the period for which current dividend return is
presented. The current
dividend return for each Class may vary from time to time
depending on market
conditions, the composition of its investment portfolio and
operating expenses.
These factors and possible differences in the methods used
in calculating cur-
rent dividend return should be considered when comparing a
Class' current
return to yields published for other investment companies
and other investment
vehicles. The Fund may also include comparative performance
information in
advertising or marketing its shares. Such performance
information may include
data from Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. and other
financial publications.

42
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE FUND

 BOARD OF TRUSTEES

  Overall responsibility for management and supervision of
the Fund rests with
the Trust's Board of Trustees. The Trustees approve all
significant agreements
between the Trust and the companies that furnish services to
the Trust and the
Fund, including agreements with the Fund's distributor,
investment adviser,
sub-investment adviser, administrator, custodian and
transfer agent. The day-
to-day operations of the Fund are delegated to the Fund's
investment adviser,
sub-investment adviser and administrator. The Statement of
Additional Informa-
tion contains background information regarding each Trustee
and executive offi-
cer of the Trust.

 INVESTMENT ADVISER--STRATEGY ADVISERS

  Strategy Advisers, located at 388 Greenwich Street, New
York, New York 10013,
serves as the Fund's investment adviser. Strategy Advisers
has been in the
investment counseling business since 1968 and is a wholly
owned subsidiary of
SBMFM. SBMFM is a registered investment adviser whose
principal executive
offices are located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New
York 10013. Strategy
Advisers renders investment advice to investment companies
that had aggregate
assets under management as of September 30, 1994 in excess
of $3 billion. For
advisory services rendered to the Fund, under an Advisory
Agreement dated
August 31, 1995, the Fund pays Strategy Advisers a fee at
the annual rate of
0.55% of the value of the Fund's average daily net assets.
From its fee, Strat-
egy Advisers pays Boston Partners a fee of 0.10% of the
value of the Fund's
average daily net assets, for its services as sub-investment
adviser.

 ADMINISTRATOR--SBMFM

  SBMFM serves as the Fund's administrator and generally
assists in all aspects
of the Fund's administration and operation. SBMFM provides
investment manage-
ment and administration services to investment companies
that had aggregate
assets under management as of [August 31], 1995 in excess of
$60 billion.

  As the Fund's administrator, SBMFM oversees all aspects of
the Fund's admin-
istration and operations. Pursuant to an administration
agreement with the
Fund, SBMFM is paid a fee at the annual rate of 0.20% of the
Fund's average
daily net assets.


43
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE FUND (CONTINUED)


 SUB-INVESTMENT ADVISER--BOSTON PARTNERS ASSET MANAGEMENT,
L.P.

  Boston Partners, located at One Financial Center, Boston,
Massachusetts
02111, serves as the Fund's sub-investment adviser. Boston
Partners provides
investment management and investment advisory services to
investment companies
that had aggregate total assets under management as of
[August 31], 1995, in
excess of $1.6 billion.

  Subject to the supervision and direction of the Trust's
Board of Trustees,
Strategy Advisers and Boston Partners manage the Fund's
portfolio in accor-
dance with the Fund's investment objective and policies,
make investment deci-
sions for the Fund, place orders to purchase and sell
securities and employ
professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who
provide research
services to the Fund.

 PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

  Harry Rosenbluth, Equity Portfolio Manager of Boston
Partners, has served as
Portfolio Manager of the Fund since August 16, 1995 and
manages the day-to-day
operations of the Fund, including the oversight of all
investment decisions.
Mr. Rosenbluth previously served as Investment Administrator
of the Fund from
1992 until [April, 1995], while he was a Senior Vice
President of The Boston
Company Asset Management, Inc. Mr. Rosenbluth has managed
investment portfo-
lios since 1986.

  Management's discussion and analysis and additional
performance information
regarding the Fund during the fiscal year ended July 31,
1995 is included in
the Annual Report dated July 31, 1995. A copy of the Annual
Report may be
obtained upon request without charge from a Smith Barney
Financial Consultant
or by writing or calling the Fund at the address or phone
number listed on
page one of this Prospectus.

DISTRIBUTOR


  Smith Barney is located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York,
New York 10013.
Smith Barney distributes shares of the Fund as principal
underwriter and as
such conducts a continuous offering pursuant to a "best
efforts" arrangement
requiring Smith Barney to take and pay for only such
securities as may be sold
to the public. Pursuant to a plan of distribution adopted by
the Fund under
Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the "Plan"), Smith Barney is
paid a serv-

44
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

DISTRIBUTOR (CONTINUED)

ice fee with respect to Class A, Class B and Class C shares
of the Fund at the
annual rate of 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the
respective Class.
Smith Barney is also paid a distribution fee with respect to
Class B and Class
C shares at the annual rate of 0.50% and 0.45% of the
average daily net assets
attributable to each of those Classes, respectively. Class B
shares that auto-
matically convert to Class A shares eight years after the
date of original
purchase will no longer be subject to a distribution fee.
The fees are used by
Smith Barney to pay its Financial Consultants for servicing
shareholder
accounts and, in the case of Class B and Class C shares, to
cover expenses
primarily intended to result in the sale of those shares.
These expenses
include: advertising expenses; the cost of printing and
mailing prospectuses
to potential investors; payments to and expenses of Smith
Barney Financial
Consultants and other persons who provide support services
in connection with
the distribution of shares; interest and/or carrying
charges; and indirect and
overhead costs of Smith Barney associated with the sale of
Fund shares,
including lease, utility, communications and sales promotion
expenses.

  The payments to Smith Barney Financial Consultants for
selling shares of a
Class include, a commission or fee paid by the investor or
Smith Barney at the
time of sale and, with respect to Class A, Class B and Class
C shares, a con-
tinuing fee for servicing shareholder accounts for as long
as a shareholder
remains a holder of that Class. Smith Barney Financial
Consultants may receive
different levels of compensation for selling different
Classes of shares.

  Payments under the Plan are not tied exclusively to the
distribution and
shareholder service expenses with respect to Class B and
Class C shares actu-
ally incurred by Smith Barney and the payments may exceed
distribution
expenses actually incurred. The Trust's Board of Trustees
will evaluate the
appropriateness of the Plan and its payment terms on a
continuing basis and in
so doing will consider all relevant factors, including
expenses borne by Smith
Barney, amounts received under the Plan and proceeds of the
CDSC.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


  The Trust was organized on March 12, 1985, under the laws
of the Common-
wealth of Massachusetts and is an entity commonly known as a
"Massachusetts
business trust." The Trust offers shares of beneficial
interest currently
classified into four Classes--A, B, C and Y. Each Class of
shares represents
identical interests in the Fund's investment portfolio. As a
result, the Clas-
ses have the same rights, privileges and preferences, except
with respect to:
(a) the designation of


45
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

each Class; (b) the effect of the respective sales charges,
if any, for each
Class; (c) the distribution and/or service fees if any,
borne by each Class
pursuant to the plan; (d) the expenses allocable exclusively
to each Class;
(e) voting rights on matters exclusively affecting a single
Class; (f) the
exchange privilege of each Class; and (g) the conversion
feature of the Class
B shares. The Trust's Board of Trustees does not anticipate
that there will be
any conflicts among the interests of the holders of the
different Classes of
shares of the Fund. The Trustees, on an ongoing basis, will
consider whether
any such conflict exists and, if so, take appropriate
action.

  When matters are submitted for shareholder vote,
shareholders of each Class
of each fund will have one vote for each full share owned
and a proportionate,
fractional vote for any fractional share held of that Class.
Generally, shares
of the Trust vote by individual fund on all matters except
(a) matters affect-
ing only the interest of one or more of the funds, in which
case only shares
of the affected fund or funds would be entitled to vote, or
(b) when the 1940
Act requires that shares of the funds be voted in the
aggregate. Similarly,
shares of the Fund will be voted generally on a Fund-wide
basis except on mat-
ters affecting the interests of one Class of shares.

  Normally, there will be no meetings of shareholders for
the purpose of
electing Trustees unless and until such time as less than a
majority of the
Trustees holding office have been elected by shareholders.
Shareholders of
record of no less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares
of the Trust may
remove a Trustee through a declaration in writing or by vote
cast in person or
by proxy at a meeting called for that purpose. The Trustees
will call a meet-
ing for any purpose upon written request of shareholders
holding at least 10%
of the Fund's outstanding shares and the Trust will assist
shareholders in
calling such a meeting as required by the 1940 Act.

  PNC Bank, located at 17th and Chestnut Streets,
Philadelphia, PA 19103,
serves as custodian of the Trust's investments.

  TSSG is located at Exchange Place, Boston, Massachusetts
02109, and serves
as the Fund's transfer agent.

  The Fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and
an audited annual
report, each of which includes a listing of the investment
securities held by
the Fund at the end of the reporting period. In an effort to
reduce the print-
ing and mailing costs, the Trust plans to consolidate the
mailing of the
Fund's semi-annual and annual reports by household. This
consolidation means
that a house-

46
<PAGE>

SMITH BARNEY
Premium Total Return Fund

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

hold having multiple accounts with the identical address of
record will
receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the Trust
also plans to
consolidate the mailing of the Fund's Prospectus so that a
shareholder having
multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or Self-
Employed Retirement
Plan accounts) will receive a single Prospectus annually.
Shareholders who do
not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts
should contact their
Smith Barney Financial Consultants or TSSG.

                            ----------------------

  Shareholders may seek information regarding the Funds from
their
Smith Barney Financial Consultant.

  No person has been authorized to give any information or
to make any repre-
sentations in connection with this offering other than those
contained in this
Prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or
representations
must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the
Trust or the distrib-
utor. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer by the
Trust or the dis-
tributor to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of
the securities
offered hereby in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it
is unlawful to
make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction.


47
<PAGE>


SMITH BARNEY

- ------------

                                                     A
Member of Travelers Group





SMITH BARNEY

PREMIUM TOTAL

RETURN FUND


388 Greenwich Street
                                                        New
York, New York 10013


FUND 17,178,247

FD XXXX XX


Smith Barney
INCOME FUNDS

388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
(212) 723-9218

            Statement       of       Additional
Information
November 28, 1995


      This  Statement of Additional Information expands upon
and
supplements the information contained in the current
Prospectuses
of  Smith  Barney Income Funds (the "Trust"), relating  to
seven
investment  funds offered by the Trust (the "Funds"), each
dated
November 28, 1995, as amended or supplemented from time to
time,
and  should  be  read in conjunction with the  Prospectuses.
The
Prospectuses  may  be  obtained from any Smith  Barney
Financial
Consultant  or by writing or calling the Trust at the
address  or
telephone  number set forth above. This Statement  of
Additional
Information, although not in itself a prospectus, is
incorporated
by reference into the Prospectuses in its entirety.

CONTENTS

For ease of reference, the same section headings are used in
both
the  Prospectuses  and this Statement of Additional
Information,
except where shown below:

Management        of        the       Trust        and
the
Funds.......................................................
 .....
 ..........
Investment           Objectives          and
Management
Policies....................................................
 .....
 ...
Purchase
of
Shares......................................................
 .....
 ......................................
Redemption
of
Shares......................................................
 .....
 .................................
Distributor.................................................
 .....
 ....................................................
Valuation
of
Shares......................................................
 .....
 ......................................
Exchange
Privilege...................................................
 .....
 .......................................
Performance      Data      (See     in      the
Prospectuses
"Performance")..............................................
 ...
Taxes  (See  in  the  Prospectuses "Dividends, Distributions
and
Taxes")....................................
Additional
Information.................................................
 .....
 .......................................
Financial
Statement...................................................
 .....
 .........................................
Appendix....................................................
 .....
 .................................................A-1
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE FUND

The  executive officers of the Trust are employees of
certain  of
the  organizations  that provide services  to  the  Trust.
These
organizations are the following:

Name                               Service

Smith Barney Inc.
 ("Smith Barney")                       Distributor

Smith Barney Mutual Funds Management Inc.
 ("SBMFM")
                                   Investment   adviser
                                   to Convertible, High
                                   Income,  Diversified
                                   Strategic    Income,
                                   Tax-Exempt   Income,
                                   Utilities        and
                                   Exchange     Reserve
                                   Funds

Smith Barney Strategy Advisers Inc.
 ("Strategy Advisers")
                                   Investment   adviser
                                   to   Premium   Total
                                   Return Fund

Smith Barney Global Capital Management Inc.
 ("Global Capital Management")                Sub-investment
                                   adviser   to  Diversified
                                   Strategic Income Fund

SBMFM
                                   Administrator

Boston Partners Asset Management, L.P.
  ("Boston Partners")
                                   Sub-investment
                                   adviser  to  Premium
                                   Total Return Fund

PNC Bank, National Association
  ("PNC Bank")
Custodian

The Shareholder Services Group, Inc.
 ("TSSG"), a subsidiary of First Data
 Corporation
                                   Transfer Agent

      These organizations and the functions they perform for
the
Trust are discussed in the Prospectuses and in this
Statement  of
Additional Information.

Trustees and Executive Officers of the Trust

The  Trustees and executive officers of the Trust, together
with
information as to their principal business occupations
during the
past  five years, are shown below. The executive officers of
the
Trust are employees of organizations that provide services
to the
Funds.  Each Trustee who is an "interested person" of the
Trust,
as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
(the
"1940 Act"), is indicated by an asterisk.

Lee  Abraham,  Trustee (Age 67). Retired; formerly  Chairman
and
Chief  Executive Officer of Associated Merchandising
Corporation,
a  major  retail  merchandising and  sourcing  organization.
His
address is 35 Old Forge Road, Wilton, Connecticut 06897.

Antoinette C. Bentley, Trustee (Age 57). Retired; formerly
Senior
Vice President and Associate General Counsel of Crum and
Forster,
Inc.,  an  insurance holding company. Her address  is  24
Fowler
Road, Far Hills, New Jersey 07931.

Allan  J. Bloostein, Trustee (Age 65). Consultant; formerly
Vice
Chairman  of  the Board of and Consultant to The  May
Department
Stores Company; Director of Crystal Brands, Inc., Melville
Corp.
and  R.G.  Barry  Corp. His address is 27 West 67th  Street,
New
York, New York 10023.

Richard  E. Hanson, Jr., Trustee (Age 53). Headmaster,  The
Peck
School,  Morristown,  NJ;  prior to  July  1,  1994,
Headmaster,
Lawrence Country Day School-Woodmere Academy, Woodmere, New
York;
prior  to  July  1,  1990, Headmaster of  Woodmere  Academy.
His
address is 247 South Street, Morristown, New Jersey 07960.

*Heath  B. McLendon, Chairman of the Board and Investment
Officer
(Age  61). Managing Director of Smith Barney and Chairman of
the
Board of Smith Barney Strategy Advisers Inc.; prior to July
1993,
Senior Executive Vice President of Shearson Lehman Brothers
Inc.
("Shearson  Lehman  Brothers"), Vice Chairman of  Shearson
Asset
Management;  a  Director of PanAgora Asset Management,  Inc.
and
PanAgora  Asset Management Limited. His address is 388
Greenwich
Street, New York, New York 10013.

Madelon DeVoe Talley, Trustee (Age 62). Author; Governor at
Large
of  the  National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
Her
address is 876 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10021.

Jessica  Bibliowicz, President (Age 35). Executive Vice
President
of  Smith  Barney; Prior to 1994, Director of Sales and
Marketing
for Prudential Mutual Funds; prior to 1990, First Vice
President,
Asset  Management  Division  of  Shearson  Lehman  Brothers.
Ms.
Bibliowicz also serves as President of 26 other mutual
funds  of
the  Smith  Barney  Mutual Funds. Her address  is  388
Greenwich
Street, New York, New York 10013.

John  C. Bianchi, Vice President and Investment Officer (Age
- --).
Managing  Director of Smith Barney; prior to July 1993,
Managing
Director  of  Shearson  Lehman  Advisors.  His  address  is
388
Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013.

James E. Conroy, Vice President and Investment Officer (Age
- --).
Managing  Director of Smith Barney; prior to July 1993,
Managing
Director  of  Shearson  Lehman  Advisors.  His  address  is
388
Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013.

Victor  S.  Filatov,  Investment Officer (Age --).
International
Strategist and President of Global Capital Management;
prior  to
November  1993,  Business Coordinator and Head of European
Fixed
Income Research of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. His address
is  10
Piccadilly, London, W1V 9LA, England.

Jack  S. Levande, Vice President and Investment Officer (Age
- --).
Managing  Director of Smith Barney; prior to July 1993,
Managing
Director  of  Shearson  Lehman  Advisors.  His  address  is
388
Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013.
Lawrence T. McDermott, Vice President and Investment Officer
(Age
- --).  Managing  Director of Smith Barney;  prior  to  July
1993,
Managing Director of Shearson Lehman Advisors. His address
is 388
Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013.

George  E.  Mueller, Jr., Investment Officer (Age  54).
Managing
Director  of Smith Barney; prior to July 1993, Managing
Director
of Shearson Lehman Advisors. His address is 388 Greenwich
Street,
New York, New York 10013.

Harry  Rosenbluth,  Investment Officer  (Age  40).
Principal  of
Boston  Partners;  prior to 1995, Vice President  of  The
Boston
Company  Advisors;  Senior Vice President of The  Boston
Company
Institutional Investors, Inc. His address is 300 Drake's
Landing
Road, Greenbrae, California 94904.

Robert  E.  Swab, Investment Officer (Age 39). Vice
President  of
Smith  Barney; prior to 1995, Co-Portfolio Manager of SBMFM.
His
address is 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013.

Phyllis M. Zahorodny, Vice President and Investment Officer
(Age
- --).  Managing  Director of Smith Barney;  prior  to  July
1993,
Managing Director of Shearson Lehman Advisors. Her address
is 388
Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013.

Lewis  E.  Daidone, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
(Age37).
Managing  Director and Chief Financial Officer of  Smith
Barney;
Director  and  Senior Vice President of SBMFM. Mr.  Daidone
also
serves  as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of 41 other
funds
of  the  Smith Barney Mutual Funds. His address is 388
Greenwich
Street, New York, New York 10013.

Christina  T.  Sydor,  Secretary (Age 44). Managing
Director  of
Smith  Barney; General Counsel and Secretary of SBMFM. Ms.
Sydor
also  serves  as Secretary of 41 other funds of the Smith
Barney
Mutual Funds. Her address is 388 Greenwich Street, New York,
New
York 10013.

      Each  Trustee  also  serves as a director,  trustee
and/or
general  partner  of certain other mutual funds for  which
Smith
Barney  serves  as distributor. Global Capital Management,
SBMFM
and  Strategy Advisers (the "Advisers") are "affiliated
persons"
of  the  Trust  as  defined in the 1940 Act by  virtue  of
their
positions  as investment advisers to the Funds. As of August
31,
1995,  the Trustees and officers of the Funds, as a group,
owned
less than 1% of the outstanding shares of beneficial
interest  of
each Fund.

      No  officer,  director or employee of Smith Barney  or
any
Smith Barney parent or subsidiary receives any compensation
from
the  Trust for serving as an officer or Trustee of the
Trust. The
Trust  pays  each  Trustee  who is not an  officer,
director  or
employee  of  Smith Barney or any of their affiliates  a
fee  of
$17,000 per annum plus $3,250 per meeting attended and
reimburses
them  for travel and out-of-pocket expenses. For the fiscal
year
ended  July  31,  1995,  such  fees  and  expenses  totalled
$[
].

Investment Advisers, Sub-Investment Adviser and
Administrator
Each  Adviser serves as investment adviser to one or  more
Funds
pursuant  to a separate written agreement with the relevant
Fund
(an "Advisory Agreement"). SBMFM serves as investment
adviser  to
its  relevant  Funds  pursuant to a transfer  of  the
investment
advisory   agreement,  effective  November  7,  1994,  from
its
affiliate, Mutual Management Corp. (Mutual Management  Corp.
and
SBMFM are both wholly owned subsidiaries of Smith Barney
Holdings
Inc.   ("Holdings")).  Strategy  Advisers  is  a   wholly
owned
subsidiary of SBMFM and Global Capital Management is an
indirect
wholly  owned subsidiary of Holdings. Holdings is a wholly
owned
subsidiary  of Travelers Group Inc. The Advisory Agreements
were
most  recently  approved by the Board of  Trustees,
including  a
majority of the Trustees who are not "interested persons" of
the
Trust  or  the  Advisers ("Independent Trustees"), on
August  9,
1995, with the exception of Premium Total Return Fund, which
was
approved on July 10, 1995 by the Board of Trustees and
August 10,
1995  by the shareholders of the Premium Total Return Fund.
SBMFM
also  serves as administrator to each Fund pursuant to a
separate
written   agreement  dated  May  4,  1994  (the
"Administration
Agreement")  which was most recently approved  by  the
Board  of
Trustees,  including a majority of the Independent
Trustees,  on
August  9, 1995. Boston Partners serves as sub-investment
adviser
to  Premium  Total  Return Fund, pursuant to a written
agreement
dated August 15, 1995, which was approved by the Fund's
Board  of
Trustees,  including  a majority of the Independent
Trustees  on
June  15, 1995 and by the Fund's Shareholders on August 10,
1995.
Global  Capital Management also serves as sub-investment
adviser
to  Diversified  Strategic Income Fund,  pursuant  to  a
written
agreement  dated March 21, 1994 which was approved by the
Fund's
Board  of  Trustees,  including a  majority  of  the
Independent
Trustees,  on  August 9, 1995. Prior to March  21,  1994,
Lehman
Brothers Global Asset Management Limited ("LBGAM") acted  in
the
capacity as the Fund's sub-investment adviser.

      Certain  of  the  services provided to  the  Trust  by
the
Advisers,  Global Capital Management, SBMFM and  Boston
Partners
are  described in the Prospectuses under "Management of the
Trust
and  the Fund." Each Adviser, SBMFM, as administrator, and
Boston
Partners,  as  sub-adviser, pay the salaries of all officers
and
employees who are employed by both it and the Trust, and
maintain
office  facilities for the Trust. In addition to those
services,
SBMFM  pays  the salaries of all officers and employees  who
are
employed  by  both it and the Trust, maintains office
facilities
for  the Trust, furnishes the Trust with statistical and
research
data, clerical help and accounting, data processing,
bookkeeping,
internal  auditing and legal services and certain other
services
required   by   the  Trust,  prepares  reports  to   the
Funds'
shareholders  and prepares tax returns, reports  to  and
filings
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and
state
Blue  Sky  authorities. The Advisers, Global Capital
Management,
SBMFM  and  Boston Partners bear all expenses in connection
with
the performance of their services.
For  the  fiscal years ended July 31, 1993, 1994  and  1995,
the
Funds  paid investment advisory fees to their respective
Advisers
as follows:

Fund                     1993      1994      1995

Premium  Total  Return  Fund           $4,803,717
$8,506,930
$--------
Tax-Exempt Income Fund         3,978,637      4,561,779
- ----
- ----
Convertible Fund                 329,323        425,505
- ----
- ----
High Income Fund               2,659,448      3,771,643
- ----
- ----
Diversified  Strategic  Income  Fund    6,226,342
8,761,857
- --------
Utilities Fund                10,317,792     10,896,883
- ----
- ----
Exchange Reserve Fund            612,812        622,203
- ----
- ----

For  the  fiscal years ended July 31, 1993, 1994  and  1995,
the
Funds  paid  administrative fees to The Boston Company
Advisors,
Inc., SBMFM or Boston Partners as follows:
                             The Boston Company
                             Advisors, Inc.         SBMFM
SBMFM
                             For the Fiscal      For the
Fiscal      For
the Fiscal
                                 Period   from
Period   from
Period from
                             8/1/93 through 5/4/94 through
8/1/94 through
Fund                   1993             5/3/94
7/31/94
7/31/95

Premium   Total   Return   Fund            $1,746,806
$2,639,140
$454,284       $--------
Tax-Exempt Income Fund         1,989,319      1,971,064
309,826
- --------
Convertible Fund                 131,729        145,717
24,485
- --------
High Income Fund               1,063,779      1,297,678
210,979
- --------
Diversified   Strategic   Income   Fund     3,557,910
4,289,630
717,145         --------
Utilities Fund                 4,584,796      4,256,098
586,961
- --------
Exchange Reserve Fund            408,842        341,472
73,330
- --------

      For  the  fiscal years ended July 31, 1993 and  the
period
ended  March  20,  1994, Diversified Strategic Income  Fund
paid
LBGAM  $1,778,955 and $1,562,892, respectively, in sub-
investment
advisory  fees. For the period from March 21, 1994  through
July
31,  1994  and  the fiscal year ended July 31, 1995,
Diversified
Strategic Income Fund paid Global Capital Management
$940,496 and
$[          ], respectively, in sub-investment advisory
fees.

     Each Adviser and SBMFM, as administrator have agreed
that if
in  any  fiscal year the aggregate expenses of the Fund
that  it
serves (including fees payable pursuant to its Advisory
Agreement
and  Administration  Agreement, but  excluding  interest,
taxes,
brokerage, distribution and service fees and, if permitted
by the
relevant  state  securities commission,  extraordinary
expenses)
exceed  the  expense limitation of any state having
jurisdiction
over the Fund, the Adviser and SBMFM will, to the extent
required
by  state  law,  reduce their fees by the amount of  such
excess
expenses,  such  amount  to  be allocated  between  them  in
the
proportion  that their respective fees bear to the
aggregate  of
the  fees paid by the Fund. Such fee reduction, if any,
will  be
estimated and reconciled on a monthly basis. The most
restrictive
state  expense limitation applicable to any Fund is 2.5%  of
the
first  $30 million of the Fund's average daily net assets,
2%  of
the next $70 million of the average daily net assets and
1.5%  of
the  remaining average daily net assets of each Fund. No
such fee
reduction was required for the fiscal years ended July 31,
1993,
1994 and 1995.

       The   Fund  bears  expenses  incurred  in  its
operation,
including:  taxes, interest, brokerage fees and
commissions,  if
any;   fees   of  Trustees  who  are  not  officers,
directors,
shareholders or employees of Smith Barney or SBMFM; SEC fees
and
state   Blue  Sky  qualification  fees;  charges  of
custodians;
transfer  and  dividend disbursing agent fees; certain
insurance
premiums;   outside  auditing  and  legal  expenses;   costs
of
maintaining  corporate  existence;  costs  of  investor
services
(including allocated telephone and personnel expenses);
costs  of
preparing  and  printing of prospectuses for regulatory
purposes
and   for   distribution  to  existing  shareholders;  costs
of
shareholders' reports and shareholder meetings; and
meetings  of
the officers or Board of Trustees of the Trust.

Counsel and Auditors

Willkie  Farr & Gallagher serves as legal counsel to  the
Trust.
The  Trustees who are not "interested persons" of the  Fund
have
selected Stroock & Stroock & Lavan as their legal counsel.

      KPMG  Peat Marwick LLP, independent accountants,  345
Park
Avenue, New York, New York 10154. serve as auditors of the
Trust
and  will  render an opinion on the Trust's financial
statements
annually.  Prior  to October 20, 1994, Coopers & Lybrand
L.L.P.,
independent  accountants, served as auditors  of  the  Trust
and
rendered an opinion on the Trust's financial statements  for
the
fiscal year ended July 31, 1994.

      In  the  interest of economy and convenience,
certificates
representing shares in the Trust are not physically issued
except
upon  specific  request  made  by a  shareholder  to  TSSG.
TSSG
maintains  a  record  of each shareholder's  ownership  of
Trust
shares. Shares do not have cumulative voting rights, which
means
that  holders  of  more  than 50% of the shares  voting  for
the
election  of Trustees can elect all of the Trustees.  Shares
are
transferable  but  have  no preemptive  or  subscription
rights.
Shareholders generally vote by Fund, except with respect  to
the
election  of  Trustees  and the selection of  independent
public
accountants.

        Massachusetts   law   provides   that,   under
certain
circumstances, shareholders could be held personally  liable
for
the  obligations  of  the  Trust. However,  the  Trust
Agreement
disclaims  shareholder liability for acts or obligations  of
the
Trust  and  requires that notice of such disclaimer be
given  in
each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or
executed
by  the  Trust  or  a Trustee. The Trust Agreement  provides
for
indemnification  from the Trust's property  for  all  losses
and
expenses  of  any  shareholder held  personally  liable  for
the
obligations  of  the  Trust. Thus, the risk  of  a
shareholder's
incurring  financial loss on account of shareholder
liability  is
limited  to circumstances in which the Trust would be
unable  to
meet  its  obligations, a possibility that the Trust's
management
believes is remote. Upon payment of any liability incurred
by the
Trust,  the shareholder paying the liability will be
entitled  to
reimbursement from the general assets of the Trust. The
Trustees
intend to conduct the operations of the Trust in such a way
so as
to   avoid,  as  far  as  possible,  ultimate  liability  of
the
shareholders for liabilities of the Trust.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The  Prospectuses discuss the investment objectives of the
Funds
and the policies to be employed to achieve those objectives.
This
section contains supplemental information concerning the
types of
securities  and other instruments in which the Funds may
invest,
the  investment policies and portfolio strategies that the
Funds
may  utilize  and  certain risks attendant to  such
investments,
policies and strategies.

      U.S.  Government  Securities  (All  Funds).  United
States
government   securities  include  debt  obligations  of
varying
maturities  issued or guaranteed by the United States
government
or   its   agencies   or  instrumentalities   ("U.S.
government
securities"). U.S. government securities include not only
direct
obligations  of  the United States Treasury, but also
securities
issued  or  guaranteed  by  the Federal  Housing
Administration,
Farmers  Home  Administration, Export-Import Bank of  the
United
States,   Small  Business  Administration,  Government
National
Mortgage  Association ("GNMA"), General Services
Administration,
Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit
Banks,
Federal   Land  Banks,  Federal  National  Mortgage
Association
("FNMA"),  Maritime Administration, Tennessee  Valley
Authority,
District   of  Columbia  Armory  Board,  Student  Loan
Marketing
Association,   International   Bank   for   Reconstruction
and
Development  and  Resolution  Trust  Corporation.  Certain
U.S.
government  securities,  such as those issued  or
guaranteed  by
GNMA,  FNMA and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
("FHLMC"),
are   mortgage-related  securities.  Because  the  United
States
government  is  not  obligated by law to provide  support
to  an
instrumentality  that  it  sponsors,  a  Fund  will   invest
in
obligations issued by such an instrumentality only if its
Adviser
determines   that   the   credit  risk  with   respect   to
the
instrumentality  does  not  make its  securities  unsuitable
for
investment by the Fund.

      Bank  Obligations  (All Funds). Domestic  commercial
banks
organized  under Federal law are supervised and examined  by
the
Comptroller of the Currency and are required to be members
of the
Federal  Reserve System and to be insured by the Federal
Deposit
Insurance  Corporation  (the "FDIC").  Domestic  banks
organized
under  state  law  are supervised and examined by  state
banking
authorities but are members of the Federal Reserve System
only if
they  elect  to join. Most state banks are insured  by  the
FDIC
(although  such  insurance may not be of material  benefit
to  a
Fund,  depending  upon the principal amount  of
certificates  of
deposit  ("CDs")  of each held by the Fund) and  are
subject  to
Federal examination and to a substantial body of Federal law
and
regulation.   As  a  result  of  Federal  and  state   laws
and
regulations, domestic branches of domestic banks are, among
other
things,  generally  required  to  maintain  specified
levels  of
reserves,  and  are subject to other supervision  and
regulation
designed to promote financial soundness.

      Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, such as
CDs
and  time  deposits  ("TDs"), may be general obligations  of
the
parent  bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be
limited
by   the   terms   of  a  specific  obligation  and
governmental
regulation.  Obligations of foreign branches of  U.S.  banks
and
foreign  banks are subject to different risks than are
those  of
U.S. banks or U.S. branches of foreign banks. These risks
include
foreign economic and political developments, foreign
governmental
restrictions  that may adversely affect payment of principal
and
interest  on  the  obligations,  foreign  exchange  controls
and
foreign  withholding and other taxes on interest income.
Foreign
branches of U.S. banks are not necessarily subject to the
same or
similar regulatory requirements that apply to U.S. banks,
such as
mandatory  reserve requirements, loan limitations and
accounting,
auditing  and financial recordkeeping requirements. In
addition,
less information may be publicly available about a foreign
branch
of a U.S. bank than about a U.S. bank. CDs issued by wholly
owned
Canadian  subsidiaries  of  U.S.  banks  are  guaranteed  as
to
repayment  of  principal and interest, but not  as  to
sovereign
risk, by the U.S. parent bank.

     Obligations of U.S. branches of foreign banks may be
general
obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing
branch,
or  may  be limited by the terms of a specific obligation
and  by
Federal  and state regulation as well as governmental
action  in
the country in which the foreign bank has its head office. A
U.S.
branch of a foreign bank with assets in excess of $1 billion
may
or  may  not  be subject to reserve requirements imposed  by
the
Federal  Reserve System or by the state in which  the
branch  is
located  if  the branch is licensed in that state.  In
addition,
branches licensed by the Comptroller of the Currency and
branches
licensed by certain states ("State Branches") may or may
not  be
required  to:  (a)  pledge to the regulator by depositing
assets
with  a designated bank within the state, an amount of its
assets
equal  to  5%  of its total liabilities; and (b) maintain
assets
within the state in an amount equal to a specified
percentage  of
the  aggregate amount of liabilities of the foreign bank
payable
at  or  through all of its agencies or branches within the
state.
The deposits of State Branches may not necessarily be
insured  by
the  FDIC.  In  addition,  there may be less  publicly
available
information  about a U.S. branch of a foreign bank than
about  a
U.S. bank.

      In  view  of  the  foregoing factors  associated  with
the
purchase  of  CDs  and TDs issued by foreign  banks  and
foreign
branches  of U.S. banks, a Fund's Adviser will carefully
evaluate
such investments on a case-by-case basis.

      Exchange Reserve Fund may purchase a CD issued by  a
bank,
savings  and  loan association or other banking institution
with
less  than $1 billion in assets (a "Small Issuer CD") so
long  as
the  issuer  is  a  member  of  the  FDIC  or  Office  of
Thrift
Supervision  and is insured by the Savings Association
Insurance
Fund  ("SAIF") and so long as the principal amount of  the
Small
Issuer CD is fully insured and is no more than $100,000.
Exchange
Reserve  Fund will at any one time hold only one Small
Issuer  CD
from any one issuer.
Savings and loan associations whose CDs may be purchased  by
the
Funds  are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank and are
insured
by  the SAIF. As a result, such savings and loan
associations are
subject to regulation and examination.

      When-Issued  Securities  and Delayed-Delivery
Transactions
(High  Income, Premium Total Return, Diversified Strategic
Income
and Tax-Exempt Income Funds). To secure an advantageous
price  or
yield,  these  Funds  may  purchase  certain  securities
on   a
when-issued  basis  or  purchase or sell securities  for
delayed
delivery.  A  Fund  will  enter into such  transactions  for
the
purpose of acquiring portfolio securities and not for the
purpose
of  leverage.  Delivery of the securities in  such  cases
occurs
beyond  the normal settlement periods, but no payment or
delivery
is  made by a Fund prior to the reciprocal delivery or
payment by
the   other  party  to  the  transaction.  In  entering
into   a
when-issued or delayed-
delivery  transaction, a Fund will rely on  the  other
party  to
consummate the transaction and may be disadvantaged if the
other
party fails to do so.

      U.S.  government  securities and Municipal  Securities
(as
defined  below)  normally are subject to changes in  value
based
upon changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest
rates
and,  although to a lesser extent in the case of U.S.
government
securities,  the  public's perception of the
creditworthiness  of
the issuers. In general, U.S. government securities and
Municipal
Securities  tend  to appreciate when interest rates  decline
and
depreciate  when interest rates rise. Purchasing these
securities
on  a  when-issued  or  delayed-delivery  basis,  therefore,
can
involve the risk that the yields available in the market
when the
delivery  takes place may actually be higher than those
obtained
in the transaction itself. Similarly, the sale of U.S.
government
securities  for delayed delivery can involve the  risk  that
the
prices  available  in the market when the delivery  is  made
may
actually be higher than those obtained in the transaction
itself.

      In  the case of the purchase by a Fund of securities
on  a
when-issued  or delayed-delivery basis, a segregated
account  in
the name of the Fund consisting of cash or liquid debt
securities
equal  to  the  amount  of  the when-issued  or  delayed-
delivery
commitments will be established at PNC Bank. For the
purpose  of
determining  the adequacy of the securities in the accounts,
the
deposited  securities will be valued at market or fair
value.  If
the  market  or fair value of the securities declines,
additional
cash  or  securities will be placed in the account daily so
that
the   value  of  the  account  will  equal  the  amount  of
such
commitments by the Fund involved. On the settlement date, a
Fund
will meet its obligations from then-available cash flow, the
sale
of  securities held in the segregated account, the sale of
other
securities or, although it would not normally expect  to  do
so,
from  the  sale  of the securities purchased on a when-
issued  or
delayed-delivery basis (which may have a value  greater  or
less
than the Fund's payment obligations).

      Lending  of  Portfolio  Securities (Premium  Total
Return,
Utilities,  Convertible,  High Income and  Diversified
Strategic
Income  Funds).  These Funds have the ability to  lend
portfolio
securities to brokers, dealers and other financial
organizations.
Such loans, if and when made, may not exceed 20% (33 1/3% in
the
case  of  Diversified Strategic Income Fund) of  a  Fund's
total
assets  taken at value. A Fund will not lend portfolio
securities
to  Smith  Barney unless it has applied for and received
specific
authority  to  do so from the SEC. Loans of portfolio
securities
will  be  collateralized  by  cash, letters  of  credit  or
U.S.
government  securities which are maintained at all  times
in  an
amount  at least equal to the current market value of the
loaned
securities.  From  time to time, a Fund may pay  a  part  of
the
interest  earned from the investment of collateral  received
for
securities loaned to the borrower and/or a third party
which  is
unaffiliated with the Fund and is acting as a "finder".

     By lending its securities, a Fund can increase its
income by
continuing to receive interest on the loaned securities  as
well
as   by  either  investing  the  cash  collateral  in  short-
term
instruments  or obtaining yield in the form of interest
paid  by
the  borrower  when  U.S.  government  securities  are  used
as
collateral.  A  Fund  will comply with the  following
conditions
whenever  its portfolio securities are loaned: (a) the Fund
must
receive  at  least 100% cash collateral or equivalent
securities
from the borrower; (b) the borrower must increase such
collateral
whenever  the market value of the securities loaned  rises
above
the  level  of  such collateral; (c) the Fund  must  be
able  to
terminate  the  loan  at  any time; (d)  the  Fund  must
receive
reasonable  interest  on  the loan, as  well  as  any
dividends,
interest or other distributions on the loaned securities,
and any
increase  in  market value; (e) the Fund may pay only
reasonable
custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (f) voting
rights
on  the  loaned  securities may pass to the  borrower;
provided,
however,  that  if  a  material  event  adversely  affecting
the
investment in the loaned securities occurs, the Trust's
Board  of
Trustees must terminate the loan and regain the right to
vote the
securities.  The risks in lending portfolio securities,  as
with
other  extensions of secured credit, consist of a possible
delay
in  receiving  additional collateral or in the  recovery  of
the
securities  or  possible loss of rights in the collateral
should
the borrower fail financially. Loans will be made to firms
deemed
by  each  Fund's Adviser to be of good standing and will
not  be
made unless, in the judgment of the Adviser, the
consideration to
be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

      Options  on  Securities (Premium Total Return,
Convertible,
Diversified Strategic Income and High Income Funds). These
Funds
may  engage  in  transactions in options  on  securities,
which,
depending  on  the Fund, may include the writing of  covered
put
options  and covered call options, the purchase of put  and
call
options and the entry into closing transactions.

      The  principal reason for writing covered call
options  on
securities  is  to  attempt to realize, through  the
receipt  of
premiums,  a  greater  return  than  would  be  realized  on
the
securities alone. Diversified Strategic Income Fund,
however, may
engage in option transactions only to hedge against adverse
price
movements in the securities that it holds or may wish to
purchase
and  the currencies in which certain portfolio securities
may  be
denominated.  In return for a premium, the writer  of  a
covered
call  option forfeits the right to any appreciation in the
value
of the underlying security above the strike price for the
life of
the  option  (or  until  a closing purchase  transaction
can  be
effected). Nevertheless, the call writer retains the  risk
of  a
decline  in the price of the underlying security. Similarly,
the
principal  reason for writing covered put options is  to
realize
income  in  the  form of premiums. The writer of  a  covered
put
option  accepts  the  risk  of a decline  in  the  price  of
the
underlying  security. The size of the premiums that  a  Fund
may
receive   may   be   adversely  affected  as  new   or
existing
institutions, including other investment companies, engage
in  or
increase their option-writing activities.

      Options  written  by a Fund normally will  have
expiration
dates  between  one  and nine months from the date  written.
The
exercise price of the options may be below, equal to or
above the
market  values  of  the underlying securities at  the  times
the
options  are written. In the case of call options, these
exercise
prices  are  referred  to as "in-the-money,"  "at-the-money"
and
"out-of-the-money,"  respectively.  A  Fund  with  option-
writing
authority  may  write  (a) in-the-money  call  options  when
its
Adviser  expects that the price of the underlying  security
will
remain  flat or decline moderately during the option period,
(b)
at-the-money call options when its Adviser expects that the
price
of the underlying security will remain flat or advance
moderately
during  the  option period and (c) out-of-the-money call
options
when  its  Adviser  expects  that the  price  of  the
underlying
security may increase but not above a price equal to the
sum  of
the  exercise price plus the premiums received from  writing
the
call  option. In any of the preceding situations, if  the
market
price  of  the underlying security declines and the
security  is
sold at this lower price, the amount of any realized loss
will be
offset   wholly   or   in   part   by   the   premium
received.
Out-of-the-money, at-the-money and in-the-money put options
(the
reverse  of call options as to the relation of exercise
price  to
market  price)  may  be utilized in the same market
environments
that such call options are used in equivalent transactions.

      So  long  as the obligation of a Fund as the writer
of  an
option continues, the Fund may be assigned an exercise
notice  by
the  broker-dealer through which the option was  sold,
requiring
the  Fund to deliver, in the case of a call, or take
delivery of,
in  the case of a put, the underlying security against
payment of
the  exercise price. This obligation terminates when  the
option
expires  or  the  Fund effects a closing purchase
transaction.  A
Fund  can  no  longer effect a closing purchase transaction
with
respect  to  an  option  once it has been  assigned  an
exercise
notice.  To  secure  its  obligation to  deliver  the
underlying
security  when  it  writes  a call option,  or  to  pay  for
the
underlying security when it writes a put option, a Fund
will  be
required  to deposit in escrow the underlying security  or
other
assets  in  accordance  with the rules of  the  Options
Clearing
Corporation  (the  "Clearing  Corporation")  or  similar
foreign
clearing corporation and of the securities exchange on which
the
option is written.

      The Diversified Strategic Income Fund may purchase and
sell
put, call and other types of option securities that are
traded on
domestic  or  foreign  exchanges or the  over-the-counter
market
including,  but  not  limited to, "spread"  options,  "knock-
out"
options,  "knock-in"  options and "average rate"  or  "look-
back"
options.

      "Spread" options are dependent upon the difference
between
the  price  of  two securities or futures contracts,  "Knock-
out"
options  are  cancelled  if the price  of  the  underlying
asset
reaches  a trigger level prior to expiration, "Knock-in"
options
only  have  value if the price of the underlying asset
reaches  a
trigger  level  and,  "average rate" or "look-back"  options
are
options  where at expiration, the option's strike  price  is
set
based  on  either the average, maximum or minimum  price  of
the
asset over the period of the option.

      The Diversified Strategic Income Fund may utilize up
to 15%
of  its assets to purchase options and may do so at or about
the
same time that it purchases the underlying security or at a
later
time.  In  purchasing options on securities, the Fund will
trade
only  with  counterparties  of high status  in  terms  of
credit
quality and commitment to the market.

     An option position may be closed out only where there
exists
a  secondary  market  for  an option of  the  same  series
on  a
recognized securities exchange or in the over-the-counter
market.
In  light  of this fact and current trading conditions, the
Fund
expects  to  purchase  only call or put  options  issued  by
the
Clearing  Corporation.  The Funds with  option-writing
authority
expect to write options only on U.S. securities exchanges,
except
that the Diversified Strategic Income Fund also may write
options
on foreign exchanges and in the over-the-counter market.

      A  Fund may realize a profit or loss upon entering
into  a
closing  transaction. In cases in which a  Fund  has
written  an
option,  it  will  realize a profit if the cost  of  the
closing
purchase  transaction  is  less than the  premium  received
upon
writing the original option and will incur a loss if the
cost  of
the  closing  purchase transaction exceeds the  premium
received
upon  writing  the original option. Similarly, when  a  Fund
has
purchased  an  option and engages in a closing sale
transaction,
whether  the  Fund  realizes a profit or loss  will  depend
upon
whether  the  amount received in the closing sale
transaction  is
more  or  less than the premium that the Fund initially paid
for
the original option plus the related transaction costs.

      Although a Fund generally will purchase or write only
those
options  for  which  its  Adviser believes  there  is  an
active
secondary market so as to facilitate closing transactions,
there
is  no  assurance that sufficient trading interest  to
create  a
liquid  secondary market on a securities exchange will exist
for
any  particular option or at any particular time,  and  for
some
options  no  such secondary market may exist. A liquid
secondary
market  in an option may cease to exist for a variety of
reasons.
In  the  past,  for  example,  higher  than  anticipated
trading
activity or order flow, or other unforeseen events, have at
times
rendered  inadequate certain of the facilities  of  the
Clearing
Corporation  and  U.S.  and  foreign  securities  exchanges
and
resulted  in  the  institution  of special  procedures,
such  as
trading  rotations, restrictions on certain types  of
orders  or
trading halts or suspensions in one or more options. There
can be
no  assurance  that similar events, or events that may
otherwise
interfere  with the timely execution of customers'  orders,
will
not  recur.  In  such event, it might not be possible  to
effect
closing transactions in particular options. If as a covered
call
option  writer  a  Fund  is  unable to  effect  closing
purchase
transaction  in a secondary market, it will not be able  to
sell
the  underlying security until the option expires or it
delivers
the underlying security upon exercise.

      Securities exchanges generally have established
limitations
governing  the  maximum number of calls and puts  of  each
class
which  may  be held or written, or exercised within certain
time
periods,  by an investor or group of investors acting in
concert
(regardless  of whether the options are written on  the
same  or
different  securities exchanges or are held, written or
exercised
in  one or more accounts or through one or more brokers).
It  is
possible  that  the  Funds with authority to  engage  in
options
transactions  and other clients of their respective Advisers
and
certain of their affiliates may be considered to be such a
group.
A  securities  exchange  may order the liquidation  of
positions
found  to  be  in  violation of these limits and  it  may
impose
certain other sanctions.

      In  the  case of options written by a Fund that are
deemed
covered   by   virtue  of  the  Fund's  holding  convertible
or
exchangeable  preferred  stock  or  debt  securities,  the
time
required  to convert or exchange and obtain physical
delivery  of
the  underlying common stocks with respect to which the Fund
has
written  options may exceed the time within which the  Fund
must
make  delivery  in accordance with an exercise notice.  In
these
instances,  a  Fund  may  purchase  or  borrow  temporarily
the
underlying  securities for purposes of physical delivery.
By  so
doing,  the Fund will not bear any market risk because  the
Fund
will  have the absolute right to receive from the issuer  of
the
underlying  security  an equal number of shares  to  replace
the
borrowed  stock,  but  the Fund may incur additional
transaction
costs  or  interest expenses in connection with any such
purchase
or borrowing.

      Additional risks exist with respect to certain of the
U.S.
government  securities for which a Fund may  write  covered
call
options. If a Fund writes covered call options on mortgage-
backed
securities, the securities that it holds as cover may,
because of
scheduled  amortization or unscheduled prepayments, cease
to  be
sufficient cover. The Fund will compensate for the decline
in the
value of the cover by purchasing an appropriate additional
amount
of those securities.

      Stock  Index  Options (Premium Total Return  and
Utilities
Funds). The Premium Total Return and Utilities Funds may
purchase
and  write  put and call options on U.S. stock indexes
listed  on
U.S.  exchanges for the purpose of hedging its portfolio. A
stock
index  fluctuates with changes in the market values of the
stocks
included  in the index. Some stock index options are based
on  a
broad market index such as the NYSE Composite Index or a
narrower
market index such as the Standard & Poor's 100. Indexes also
are
based  on an industry or market segment such as the AMEX Oil
and
Gas Index or the Computer and Business Equipment Index.

      Options  on stock indexes are similar to options  on
stock
except that (a) the expiration cycles of stock index options
are
monthly,  while  those of stock options currently are
quarterly,
and  (b)  the  delivery  requirements are different.
Instead  of
giving the right to take or make delivery of stock at a
specified
price,  an option on a stock index gives the holder the
right  to
receive  a  cash "exercise settlement amount" equal  to  (a)
the
amount,  if any, by which the fixed exercise price of the
option
exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case
of  a
call)  the closing value of the underlying index on the
date  of
exercise,  multiplied by (b) a fixed "index multiplier".
Receipt
of  this  cash amount will depend upon the closing level  of
the
stock index upon which the option is based being greater
than, in
the  case  of  a call, or less than, in the case of  a  put,
the
exercise price of the option. The amount of cash received
will be
equal  to such difference between the closing price of the
index
and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars
times a
specified  multiple. The writer of the option  is
obligated,  in
return for the premium received, to make delivery of this
amount.
The  writer may offset its position in stock index options
prior
to  expiration  by  entering  into a closing  transaction
on  an
exchange or it may let the option expire unexercised.

      The  effectiveness  of purchasing or  writing  stock
index
options  as  a hedging technique will depend upon the
extent  to
which  price  movements in the portion of a securities
portfolio
being  hedged correlate with price movements of the  stock
index
selected.  Because  the  value of an index  option  depends
upon
movements  in the level of the index rather than the price
of  a
particular stock, whether the Premium Total Return and
Utilities
Funds will realize a gain or loss from the purchase or
writing of
options on an index depends upon movements in the level of
stock
prices  in the stock market generally or, in the case of
certain
indexes,  in an industry or market segment, rather than
movements
in  the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful
use
by  a  Fund  of options on stock indexes will be subject  to
its
Adviser's ability to predict correctly movements in the
direction
of  the stock market generally or of a particular industry.
This
requires different skills and techniques than predicting
changes
in the prices of individual stocks.

      The Premium Total Return and Utilities Funds will
engage in
stock  index options transactions only when determined  by
their
respective  Advisers to be consistent with the Funds'
efforts  to
control  risk. There can be no assurance that such judgment
will
be accurate or that the use of these portfolio strategies
will be
successful.  When a Fund writes an option on a stock  index,
the
Fund  will  establish a segregated account with PNC  Bank
in  an
amount  equal to the market value of the option and will
maintain
the account while the option is open.

      Mortgage-Related Securities (Diversified  Strategic
Income
Fund). The average maturity of pass-
through  pools  of mortgage-related securities  varies  with
the
maturities of the underlying mortgage instruments. In
addition, a
pool's  stated maturity may be shortened by unscheduled
payments
on   the   underlying   mortgages.  Factors  affecting
mortgage
prepayments include the level of interest rates, general
economic
and social conditions, the location of the mortgaged
property and
age of the mortgage. Because prepayment rates of individual
pools
vary widely, it is not possible to accurately predict the
average
life  of  a  particular pool. Common practice is to  assume
that
prepayments will result in an average life ranging from 2
to  10
years  for  pools  of  fixed-rate  30-year  mortgages.
Pools  of
mortgages with other maturities or different characteristics
will
have varying average life assumptions.

      Mortgage-related securities may be classified  as
private,
governmental  or government-related, depending on the
issuer  or
guarantor.   Private   mortgage-related   securities
represent
pass-through   pools  consisting  principally   of
conventional
residential  mortgage loans created by non-governmental
issuers,
such  as  commercial  banks, savings and  loan  associations
and
private     mortgage     insurance    companies.
Governmental
mortgage-related  securities are backed by  the  full  faith
and
credit  of  the United States. GNMA, the principal
guarantor  of
such  securities,  is  a  wholly owned United  States
government
corporation   within  the  Department  of   Housing   and
Urban
Development.  Government-related mortgage-related securities
are
not  backed  by  the full faith and credit of the  United
States
government.  Issuers of such securities include FNMA  and
FHLMC.
FNMA  is  a  government-sponsored corporation owned
entirely  by
private  stockholders, which is subject to general
regulation  by
the  Secretary  of  Housing  and Urban Development.  Pass-
through
securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely
payment  of
principal   and   interest  by  FNMA.  FHLMC   is   a
corporate
instrumentality of the United States, the stock of which is
owned
by  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Banks.  Participation
certificates
representing   interests  in  mortgages  from  FHLMC's
national
portfolio are guaranteed as to the timely payment of
interest and
ultimate collection of principal by FHLMC.

      Private,  U.S. governmental or government-related
entities
create  mortgage loan pools offering pass-through
investments  in
addition to those described above. The mortgages underlying
these
securities  may  be  alternative mortgage instruments,  that
is,
mortgage  instruments  whose principal or interest  payments
may
vary  or  whose terms to maturity may be shorter than
previously
customary.  As  new  types  of  mortgage-related  securities
are
developed and offered to investors, Diversified Strategic
Income
Fund, consistent with its investment objective and policies,
will
consider making investments in such new types of securities.

     Currency Transactions (Diversified Strategic Income and
High
Income  Funds). The Funds' dealings in forward currency
exchange
transactions will be limited to hedging involving either
specific
transactions or portfolio positions. Transaction hedging  is
the
purchase  or sale of forward currency contracts with
respect  to
specific receivables or payables of the Fund generally
arising in
connection with the purchase or sale of its securities.
Position
hedging,  generally,  is the sale of forward  currency
contracts
with  respect  to  portfolio security  positions
denominated  or
quoted  in  the  currency.  A Fund may not  position  hedge
with
respect  to a particular currency to an extent greater  than
the
aggregate  market value at any time of the security or
securities
held  in  its  portfolio denominated or quoted  in  or
currently
convertible   (such  as  through  exercise  of   an   option
or
consummation of a forward currency contract) into that
particular
currency. If a Fund enters into a transaction hedging or
position
hedging transaction, it will cover the transaction through
one or
more  of  the following methods: (a) ownership of the
underlying
currency or an option to purchase such currency; (b)
ownership of
an  option to enter into an offsetting forward currency
contract;
(c)  entering into a forward contract to purchase currency
being
sold  or  to  sell currency being purchased, provided  that
such
covering  contract is itself covered by any one of these
methods
unless  the  covering contract closes out the first
contract;  or
(d) depositing into a segregated account with the custodian
or  a
sub-custodian  of the Fund cash or readily marketable
securities
in  an  amount  equal  to the value of the  Fund's  total
assets
committed  to  the consummation of the forward currency
contract
and  not  otherwise covered. In the case of transaction
hedging,
any  securities  placed  in  the  account  must  be  liquid
debt
securities. In any case, if the value of the securities
placed in
the  segregated account declines, additional cash  or
securities
will  be  placed in the account so that the value of the
account
will  equal  the above amount. Hedging transactions may  be
made
from  any foreign currency into dollars or into other
appropriate
currencies.



      At  or  before the maturity of a forward contract,  a
Fund
either  may  sell a portfolio security and make delivery  of
the
currency,  or  retain  the security and  offset  its
contractual
obligation  to  deliver  the  currency  by  purchasing  a
second
contract pursuant to which the relevant Fund will obtain, on
the
same  maturity date, the same amount of the currency which
it  is
obligated  to  deliver. If a Fund retains the portfolio
security
and  engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund, at the
time
of  execution of the offsetting transaction, will incur a
gain or
loss  to  the  extent movement has occurred in  forward
contract
prices. Should forward prices decline during the period
between a
Fund's  entering  into  a forward contract  for  the  sale
of  a
currency  and the date that it enters into an offsetting
contract
for the purchase of the currency, the Fund will realize a
gain to
the  extent that the price of the currency it has agreed to
sell
exceeds  the  price  of the currency it has agreed  to
purchase.
Should  forward prices increase, the Fund will suffer a
loss  to
the  extent  the price of the currency it has agreed to
purchase
exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to sell.

      The  cost  to  a Fund of engaging in currency
transactions
varies with factors such as the currency involved, the
length  of
the  contract  period and the market conditions then
prevailing.
Because  transactions in currency exchange are usually
conducted
on  a  principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved.
The
use of forward currency contracts does not eliminate
fluctuations
in the underlying prices of the securities, but it does
establish
a  rate  of  exchange  that can be achieved  in  the
future.  In
addition, although forward currency contracts limit the
risk  of
loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency,
at the
same time, they limit any potential gain that might result
should
the value of the currency increase.

      If  a devaluation is generally anticipated, the
Diversified
Strategic  Income  and  High Income Funds  may  not  be
able  to
contract  to  sell the currency at a price above the
devaluation
level they anticipate.

      Foreign Currency Options (Diversified Strategic Income
and
High Income Funds) The High Income Fund may only purchase
put and
call  options  on  foreign  currencies, whereas  the
Diversified
Strategic Income Fund may purchase or write put and call
options
on  foreign currencies for the purpose of hedging against
changes
in  future  currency  exchange rates.  Foreign  currency
options
generally  have three, six and nine month expiration cycles.
Put
options  convey the right to sell the underlying  currency
at  a
price  which is anticipated to be higher than the spot
price  of
the  currency at the time the option expires. Call options
convey
the  right  to  buy the underlying currency at a price
which  is
expected to be lower than the spot price of the currency  at
the
time that the option expires.

      The  Fund may use foreign currency options under  the
same
circumstances  that  it  could  use  forward  currency
exchange
transactions. A decline in the dollar value of a foreign
currency
in  which a Fund's securities are denominated, for example,
will
reduce the dollar value of the securities, even if their
value in
the  foreign  currency  remains constant.  In  order  to
protect
against  such  diminutions in the value  of  securities
that  it
holds, the Fund may purchase put options on the foreign
currency.
If the value of the currency does decline, the Fund will
have the
right to sell the currency for a fixed amount in dollars and
will
thereby  offset, in whole or in part, the adverse effect  on
its
securities that otherwise would have resulted. Conversely,
if  a
rise in the dollar value of a currency in which securities
to  be
acquired   are  denominated  is  projected,  thereby
potentially
increasing the cost of the securities, the Fund may purchase
call
options on the particular currency. The purchase of these
options
could  offset,  at least partially, the effects  of  the
adverse
movements in exchange rates. The benefit to the Fund derived
from
purchases  of foreign currency options, like the benefit
derived
from other types of options, will be reduced by the amount
of the
premium  and related transaction costs. In addition, if
currency
exchange  rates  do not move in the direction or  to  the
extent
anticipated,  the  Fund could sustain losses on
transactions  in
foreign  currency  options that would  require  it  to
forego  a
portion  or  all of the benefits of advantageous changes  in
the
rates.

      Foreign Government Securities (Diversified Strategic
Income
Fund). Among the foreign government securities in which this
Fund
may   invest  are  those  issued  by  countries  with
developing
economies,  which are countries in the initial  stages  of
their
industrialization  cycles. Investing in securities  of
countries
with   developing   economies  involves  exposure   to
economic
structures  that are generally less diverse and less mature,
and
to political systems that can be expected to have less
stability,
than  those of developed countries. The markets of countries
with
developing  economies historically have been more  volatile
than
markets of the more mature economies of developed countries,
but
often have provided higher rates of return to investors.

      Municipal  Securities (Tax-Exempt Income  Fund).
Municipal
securities  generally are understood to include debt
obligations
issued to obtain funds for various public purposes,
including the
construction  of a wide range of public facilities,
refunding  of
outstanding  obligations, payment of general  operating
expenses
and  extensions  of loans to public institutions  and
facilities
("Municipal Securities"). Private activity bonds that are
issued
by  or  on  behalf  of  public authorities to  finance
privately
operated facilities are considered to be Municipal
Securities  if
the interest paid thereon qualifies as excluded from gross
income
(but not necessarily from alternative minimum taxable
income) for
Federal income tax purposes in the opinion of bond counsel
to the
issuer.

       Municipal  bonds  may  be  issued  to  finance  life
care
facilities.  Life  care  facilities are an  alternative
form  of
long-term  housing  for  the elderly which  offer  residents
the
independence  of  condominium life  style  and,  if  needed,
the
comprehensive  care of nursing home services.  Bonds  to
finance
these  facilities  have been issued by various  state
industrial
development  authorities. Because the bonds are secured
only  by
the  revenues  of  each  facility  and  not  by  state  or
local
government  tax payments, they are subject to a wide
variety  of
risks,  including a drop in occupancy levels, the
difficulty  of
maintaining  adequate  financial  reserves  to  secure
estimated
actuarial   liabilities,  the  possibility  of  regulatory
cost
restrictions applied to health care delivery and competition
from
alternative health care or conventional housing facilities.

      Municipal leases are Municipal Securities that may
take the
form  of  a  lease or an installment purchase contract
issued  by
state  and  local  governmental authorities to  obtain
funds  to
acquire  a wide variety of equipment and facilities such as
fire
and  sanitation  vehicles, computer equipment and  other
capital
assets.  These obligations have evolved to make it  possible
for
state  and  local government authorities to acquire property
and
equipment    without   meeting   constitutional   and
statutory
requirements  for  the issuance of debt. Thus,  municipal
leases
have  special risks not normally associated with municipal
bonds.
These  obligations frequently contain "non-appropriation"
clauses
providing that the governmental issuer of the obligation
has  no
obligation  to make future payments under the lease  or
contract
unless money is appropriated for such purposes by the
legislative
body  on  a  yearly or other periodic basis. In addition  to
the
"non-appropriation" risk, municipal leases represent  a
type  of
financing  that has not yet developed the depth of
marketability
associated   with   municipal  bonds;  moreover,   although
the
obligations  will  be  secured  by  the  leased  equipment,
the
disposition  of  the equipment in the event of foreclosure
might
prove  to  be difficult. In order to limit the risks,  Tax-
Exempt
Income  Fund  proposes  to purchase either (a)  municipal
leases
rated  in  the  four  highest  categories  by  Moody's
Investors
Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's")  or  Standard  &  Poor's
Corporation
("S&P")  or  (b)  unrated municipal leases purchased
principally
from  domestic  banks  or other responsible third  parties
which
enter  into an agreement with the Fund providing the seller
will
either remarket or repurchase the municipal lease within a
short
period after demand by the Fund.

      Temporary  Investments (Tax-Exempt Income Fund).  When
the
Tax-Exempt  Income Fund is maintaining a defensive position,
the
Fund   may   invest   in   short-term   investments
("Temporary
Investments")   consisting  of:  (a)  the  following   tax-
exempt
securities: (i) tax-exempt notes of municipal issuers
having,  at
the  time of purchase, a rating of MIG 1 through MIG 4 by
Moody's
or  rated SP-1 or SP-2 by S&P or, if not rated, of issuers
having
an  issue  of outstanding Municipal Securities rated  within
the
four highest grades by Moody's or S&P; (ii) tax-exempt
commercial
paper  having, at the time of purchase, a rating not  lower
than
A-2  by S&P or Prime-2 by Moody's; and (iii) variable rate
demand
notes  rated  at  the  time of purchase within  the  two
highest
ratings  by  any  major rating service or  determined  to
be  of
comparable quality to instruments with such rating; and  (b)
the
following  taxable  securities: (i) U.S.  government
securities,
including  repurchase agreements with respect to such
securities;
(ii)  other debt securities rated within the four highest
grades
by  Moody's  or S&P; (iii) commercial paper rated in the
highest
grade  by  either of these rating services; and (iv)
certificates
of  deposit of domestic banks with assets of $1 billion or
more.
Among  the tax-exempt notes in which the Fund may invest are
Tax
Anticipation   Notes,  Bond  Anticipation   Notes   and
Revenue
Anticipation Notes which are issued in anticipation of
receipt of
tax  funds,  proceeds  of  bond  placements  or  other
revenues,
respectively. At no time will more than 20% of the  Fund's
total
assets  be invested in Temporary Investments unless the Fund
has
adopted a defensive investment policy in anticipation of a
market
decline.  The  Fund  intends,  however,  to  purchase  tax-
exempt
Temporary  Investments pending the investment of the
proceeds  of
the  sale  of shares of the Fund and of its portfolio
securities,
or  in  order to have highly liquid securities available to
meet
anticipated redemptions.

      Investing in Utilities (Utilities Fund). Each of the
risks
referred to in Utilities Fund's Prospectus could adversely
affect
the ability and inclination of public utilities to declare
or pay
dividends  and the ability of holders of common stock to
realize
any  value  from  the  assets of the issuer upon
liquidation  or
bankruptcy.  Moreover, price disparities within selected
utility
groups and discrepancies in relation to averages and indices
have
occurred  frequently  for  reasons not directly  related  to
the
general  movements  or  price trends of  utility  common
stocks.
Causes  of  these discrepancies include changes  in  the
overall
demand  for  and  supply  of  various securities  (including
the
potentially  depressing  effect  of  new  stock  offerings),
and
changes  in  investment objectives, market expectations  or
cash
requirements of other purchasers and sellers of securities.

      Ratings as Investment Criteria (All Funds). In
general, the
ratings of nationally recognized statistical rating
organizations
("NRSROs")  represent the opinions of these agencies  as  to
the
quality of securities that they rate. Such ratings, however,
are
relative  and  subjective,  and are  not  absolute
standards  of
quality  and  do  not  evaluate the  market  value  risk  of
the
securities.  These ratings will be used by the Funds  as
initial
criteria for the selection of portfolio securities, but the
Funds
also  will  rely upon the independent advice of their
respective
Advisers  to  evaluate potential investments. Among  the
factors
that  will be considered are the long-term ability of the
issuer
to  pay  principal and interest and general economic trends.
The
Appendix  to  this  Statement of Additional Information
contains
further  information concerning the rating categories  of
NRSROs
and their significance.

     Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, an issue of
securities
may  cease  to  be rated or its rating may be reduced  below
the
minimum  required for purchase by the Fund. In  addition,
it  is
possible  that  an  NRSRO  might  not  change  its  rating
of  a
particular  issue  to reflect subsequent events.  None  of
these
events  will require sale of such securities by a Fund,  but
the
Fund's Adviser will consider such events in its
determination  of
whether  the  Fund  should continue to hold  the
securities.  In
addition,  to the extent that the ratings change as a
result  of
changes in such organizations or their rating systems, or
due  to
a corporate reorganization, a Fund will attempt to use
comparable
ratings  as standards for its investments in accordance with
its
investment objective and policies.

      Futures  Activities (High Income, Utilities and  Tax-
Exempt
Income  Funds).  These  Funds may enter  into  futures
contracts
and/or  options on futures contracts that are traded on a
United
States exchange or board of trade. These investments may be
made
by  a  Fund solely for the purpose of hedging against the
effects
of  changes  in  the  value of its portfolio  securities
due  to
anticipated  changes  in interest rates, currency  values
and/or
market  conditions, and not for purposes of speculation.  In
the
case  of Tax-Exempt Income Fund, investments in futures
contracts
will  be  made only in unusual circumstances, such  as  when
the
Fund's Adviser anticipates an extreme change in interest
rates or
market conditions. See "Taxes" below.

     Futures Contracts. The purpose of the acquisition or
sale of
a  futures  contract  by  a Fund is to mitigate  the
effects  of
fluctuations  in  interest rates or currency  or  market
values,
depending on the type of contract, on securities or their
values
without  actually buying or selling the securities. For
example,
if  Tax-Exempt  Income Fund owns long-term bonds  and  tax-
exempt
rates are expected to increase, the Fund might enter into a
short
position in municipal bond index futures contracts. Such  a
sale
would have much the same effect as the Fund's selling some
of the
long-term bonds in its portfolio. If tax-exempt rates
increase as
anticipated, the value of certain long-term Municipal
Securities
in  the  Fund would decline, but the value of the Fund's
futures
contracts would increase at approximately the same rate,
thereby
keeping the net asset value of the Fund from declining as
much as
it  otherwise  would  have.  Of  course,  because  the
value  of
portfolio  securities will far exceed the value  of  the
futures
contracts sold by a Fund, an increase in the value of the
futures
contracts  could only mitigate -- but not totally offset  --
the
decline in the value of the Fund.

     The Diversified Strategic Income Fund may enter into
futures
contracts or related options on futures contracts that are
traded
on  a  domestic  or  foreign exchange or in the  over-the-
counter
market.  These investments may be made solely for the
purpose  of
hedging  against changes in the value of its portfolio
securities
due  to  anticipated changes in interest rates,  currency
values
and/or  market conditions when the transactions are
economically
appropriate to the reduction of risks inherent in the
management
of  the Fund and not for purposes of speculation. The
ability  of
the  Fund  to  trade in futures contracts may be limited  by
the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended
(the
"Code"), applicable to a regulated investment company.

     No consideration is paid or received by a Fund upon
entering
into  a  futures contract. Initially, a Fund will be
required  to
deposit  with its custodian an amount of cash or cash
equivalents
equal  to  approximately 1% to 10% of the contract  amount
(this
amount  is  subject to change by the board of trade on which
the
contract is traded and members of such board of trade may
charge
a higher amount). This amount, known as initial margin, is
in the
nature  of  a  performance  bond or good  faith  deposit  on
the
contract  and  is  returned to a Fund  upon  termination  of
the
futures contract, assuming that all contractual obligations
have
been  satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as variation
margin,
to  and  from the broker, will be made daily as the price of
the
securities,  currency  or index underlying the  futures
contract
fluctuates,  making the long and short positions in  the
futures
contract   more   or   less  valuable,   a   process   known
as
"marking-to-market". At any time prior to expiration of a
futures
contract,  a  Fund may elect to close the position by
taking  an
opposite  position,  which will operate to terminate  the
Fund's
existing position in the contract.

      Several  risks  are  associated with  the  use  of
futures
contracts  as  a  hedging  device.  Successful  use  of
futures
contracts  by a Fund is subject to the ability of its
Adviser  to
predict  correctly  movements in interest rates,  stock  or
bond
indices  or  foreign  currency values. These predictions
involve
skills  and techniques that may be different from those
involved
in  the  management of the portfolio being hedged.  In
addition,
there  can  be  no  assurance that there will  be  a
correlation
between  movements  in  the price of the  underlying
securities,
currency  or  index and movements in the price of the
securities
which  are the subject of the hedge. A decision of whether,
when
and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and
judgment, and
even  a  well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some
degree
because of market behavior or unexpected trends in interest
rates
or currency values.

      Although  the  Funds with authority to  engage  in
futures
activity intend to enter into futures contracts only if
there  is
an  active market for such contracts, there is no assurance
that
an  active  market will exist for the contracts at any
particular
time. Most futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the
amount
of  fluctuation  permitted in futures contract  prices
during  a
single  trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached
in  a
particular  contract, no trades may be made that day at  a
price
beyond  that  limit. It is possible that futures contract
prices
could  move  to  the daily limit for several consecutive
trading
days  with  little  or  no  trading,  thereby  preventing
prompt
liquidation  of  futures  positions and subjecting  some
futures
traders to substantial losses. In such event, and in the
event of
adverse  price movements, a Fund would be required to make
daily
cash  payments of variation margin, and an increase in the
value
of  the  portion  of  the portfolio being  hedged,  if  any,
may
partially or completely offset losses on the futures
contract. As
described above, however, there is no guarantee that the
price of
the  securities  being hedged will, in fact, correlate  with
the
price  movements in a futures contract and thus provide an
offset
to losses on the futures contract.

      If a Fund has hedged against the possibility of a
change in
interest  rates or currency or market values adversely
affecting
the  value  of  securities held in its  portfolio  and
rates  or
currency  or market values move in a direction opposite  to
that
which the Fund has anticipated, the Fund will lose part or
all of
the  benefit  of the increased value of securities which  it
has
hedged  because  it will have offsetting losses  in  its
futures
positions.  In  addition, in such situations,  if  the  Fund
had
insufficient cash, it may have to sell securities to  meet
daily
variation  margin  requirements  at  a  time  when  it   may
be
disadvantageous to do so. These sales of securities may, but
will
not  necessarily, be at increased prices which reflect the
change
in interest rates or currency values, as the case may be.

      Options on Futures Contracts. An option on an interest
rate
futures  contract,  as contrasted with the direct
investment  in
such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, in return
for the
premium  paid,  to  assume a position in the underlying
interest
rate  futures contract at a specified exercise price at any
time
prior  to  the  expiration date of the option.  An  option
on  a
foreign currency futures contract, as contrasted with the
direct
investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the
right, but
not  the  obligation, to assume a long or short position  in
the
relevant  underlying future currency at a predetermined
exercise
price  at  a time in the future. Upon exercise of an option,
the
delivery  of the futures position by the writer of the
option  to
the  holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of
the
accumulated balance in the writer's futures margin account,
which
represents  the amount by which the market price of  the
futures
contract exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in
the
case  of  a put, the exercise price of the option on the
futures
contract.  The potential for loss related to the purchase
of  an
option  on futures contracts is limited to the premium  paid
for
the  option  (plus transaction costs). Because the value  of
the
option  is  fixed at the point of sale, there are no  daily
cash
payments  to  reflect  changes in the  value  of  the
underlying
contract; however, the value of the option does change daily
and
that  change would be reflected in the net asset value of a
Fund
investing in the options.

      Several  risks  are  associated  with  options  on
futures
contracts.  The ability to establish and close out
positions  on
such options will be subject to the existence of a liquid
market.
In addition, the purchase of put or call options on interest
rate
and foreign currency futures will be based upon predictions
by  a
Fund's  Adviser  as to anticipated trends in interest  rates
and
currency  values,  as the case may be, which could  prove
to  be
incorrect.  Even if the expectations of an Adviser  are
correct,
there  may be an imperfect correlation between the change in
the
value  of  the  options and of the portfolio  securities  or
the
currencies being hedged.

       Foreign  Investments.  Investors  should  recognize
that
investing  in  foreign companies involves certain
considerations
which  are  not  typically  associated  with  investing  in
U.S.
issuers.   Since  the  Fund  will  be  investing  in
securities
denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar,  and
since
the  Fund  may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits  or
other
money  market investments denominated in foreign currencies,
the
Fund may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange
control
regulations  or  changes  in  the  exchange  rate  between
such
currencies  and the dollar. A change in the value  of  a
foreign
currency   relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar  will  result
in   a
corresponding  change in the dollar value of  the  Fund's
assets
denominated in that foreign currency. Changes in foreign
currency
exchange  rates  may  also  affect the  value  of  dividends
and
interest  earned,  gains  and losses  realized  on  the
sale  of
securities  and net investment income and gain,  if  any,
to  be
distributed to shareholders by the Fund.

      The  rate  of  exchange between the U.S. dollar  and
other
currencies  is determined by the forces of supply and
demand  in
the  foreign exchange markets. Changes in the exchange  rate
may
result over time from the interaction of many factors
directly or
indirectly   affecting   economic   conditions   and
political
developments  in  other countries. Of particular  importance
are
rates of inflation, interest rate levels, the balance of
payments
and  the extent of government surpluses or deficits in the
Unites
States  and the particular foreign country, all of which
are  in
turn sensitive to the monetary, fiscal and trade policies
pursued
by  the  governments  of  the United  States  and  other
foreign
countries   important  to  international   trade   and
finance.
Governmental  intervention  may also  play  a  significant
role.
National governments rarely voluntarily allow their
currencies to
float   freely   in   response  to  economic  forces.
Sovereign
governments use a variety of techniques, such as
intervention  by
a  country's central bank or imposition of regulatory
controls or
taxes, to affect the exchange rates of their currencies.

      Many  of  the  securities held by  the  Fund  will
not  be
registered with, nor the issuers thereof be subject to
reporting
requirements of, the SEC. Accordingly, there may be less
publicly
available information about the securities and about the
foreign
company  or  government issuing them than is  available
about  a
domestic  company  or  government  entity.  Foreign  issuers
are
generally  not subject to uniform financial reporting
standards,
practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to
U.S.
issuers.  In  addition, with respect to some  foreign
countries,
there   is  the  possibility  of  expropriation  or
confiscatory
taxation, limitations on the removal of funds or other
assets  of
the   Fund,   political  or  social  instability,   or
domestic
developments  which  could  affect  U.S.  investments  in
those
countries.  Moreover,  individual foreign  economies  may
differ
favorably  or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such
respects
as  growth of gross national product, rate of inflation,
capital
reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance  of
payments
positions.   The  Fund  may  invest  in  securities  of
foreign
governments (or agencies or instrumentalities thereof), and
many,
if  not  all,  of  the  foregoing considerations  apply  to
such
investments as well.

      Securities  of some foreign companies are less  liquid
and
their  prices  are  more volatile than securities  of
comparable
domestic  companies.  Certain  foreign  countries  are
known  to
experience long delays between the trade and settlement
dates  of
securities  purchased or sold. Due to the increased
exposure  to
the  Fund  of  market  and foreign exchange fluctuations
brought
about  by  such  delays,  and due to the  corresponding
negative
impact  on  Fund  liquidity, the Fund  will  avoid
investing  in
countries  which are known to experience settlement delays
which
may expose the Fund to unreasonable risk of loss.

     The interest payable on the Fund's foreign securities
may be
subject to foreign withholding taxes, and while investors
may  be
able  to  claim  some credit or deductions for  such  taxes
with
respect  to their allocated shares of such foreign tax
payments,
the  general effect of these taxes will be to reduce  the
Fund's
income. Additionally, the operating expenses of the Fund
can  be
expected  to  be  higher  than  that  of  an  investment
company
investing  exclusively in U.S. securities, since the
expenses  of
the   Fund,   such  as  custodial  costs,  valuation  costs
and
communication  costs,  as  well as the  rate  of  the
investment
advisory  fees,  though similar to such expenses  of  some
other
international  funds,  are higher than those  costs
incurred  by
other investment companies.

      Short Sales (Utilities Fund). Utilities Fund may from
time
to  time sell securities short, but the value of securities
sold
short  will  not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund's
assets.  In
addition,  the  Fund may not (a) sell short the securities
of  a
single  issuer to the extent of more than 2% of the value of
the
Fund's net assets and (b) sell short the securities of any
class
of  an  issuer  to the extent of more than 2% of the
outstanding
securities of the class at the time of the transaction.  A
short
sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells securities
that  it
does  not own (but has borrowed) in anticipation of a
decline  in
the market price of the securities.

      When  the Fund makes a short sale, the proceeds it
receives
from  the  sale are retained by a broker until the Fund
replaces
the  borrowed securities. To deliver the securities to the
buyer,
the  Fund  must arrange through a broker to borrow the
securities
and,  in  so  doing, the Fund becomes obligated  to  replace
the
securities  borrowed  at  their  market  price  at  the
time  of
replacement, whatever that price may be. The Fund may have
to pay
a  premium to borrow the securities and must pay any
dividends or
interest payable on the securities until they are replaced.

      The Fund's obligation to replace the securities
borrowed in
connection  with  a  short  sale will be  secured  by
collateral
deposited  with  the  broker  that  consists  of  cash  or
U.S.
government  securities. In addition, the Fund  will  place
in  a
segregated account with its custodian an amount of cash  or
U.S.
government  securities equal to the difference, if  any,
between
(a) the market value of the securities sold at the time they
were
sold  short  and  (b)  any  cash or  U.S.  government
securities
deposited  as collateral with the broker in connection  with
the
short  sale (not including the proceeds of the short sale).
Until
it  replaces the borrowed securities, the Fund will maintain
the
segregated account daily at a level so that the amount
deposited
in  the  account plus the amount deposited with the  broker
(not
including  the proceeds from the short sale) (a) will  equal
the
current  market value of the securities sold short and  (b)
will
not  be less than the market value of the securities at the
time
they were sold short.

       Short   Sales  Against  the  Box  (Premium  Total
Return,
Convertible  and Utilities Funds). These Funds may enter
into  a
short  sale of common stock such that when the short
position  is
open  the Fund involved owns an equal amount of preferred
stocks
or  debt securities, convertible or exchangeable, without
payment
of  further consideration, into an equal number of shares of
the
common  stock  sold  short. This kind of  short  sale,
which  is
described  as "against the box", will be entered into by  a
Fund
for the purpose of receiving a portion of the interest
earned  by
the  executing broker from the proceeds of the sale. The
proceeds
of  the sale will be held by the broker until the settlement
date
when  the  Fund delivers the convertible securities to close
out
its  short position. Although prior to delivery a Fund will
have
to  pay an amount equal to any dividends paid on the common
stock
sold  short,  the  Fund  will  receive  the  dividends  from
the
preferred  stock or interest from the debt securities
convertible
into  the stock sold short, plus a portion of the interest
earned
from the proceeds of the short sale. The Funds will deposit,
in a
segregated  account  with their custodian, convertible
preferred
stock  or  convertible debt securities in connection  with
short
sales against the box.

Investment Restrictions

The  investment restrictions numbered 1 through 14  below
(other
than  restriction  number 10 as applied to Utilities  Fund)
have
been  adopted  by  the  Trust  with  respect  to  the  Funds
as
fundamental  policies. Under the 1940 Act, a  fundamental
policy
may  not  be  changed  without the vote  of  a  majority  of
the
outstanding voting securities of a Fund, as defined in  the
1940
Act. Majority is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of
(a) 67%
or  more of the shares present at a shareholder meeting,  if
the
holders  of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the
Trust
are  present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50%
of the
outstanding  shares. Investment restrictions 15 through  20,
and
number 10 as applied to Utilities Fund, may be changed by
vote of
a majority of the Board of Trustees at any time.

     The investment policies adopted by the Trust prohibit a
Fund
from:

     1.  Purchasing the securities of any issuer (other than
U.S.
     government securities) if as a result more than  5%  of
the
     value  of the Fund's total assets would be invested  in
the
     securities of the issuer, except that up to 25% of the
value
     of the Fund's total assets may be invested without
regard to
     this 5% limitation.

     2.  Purchasing (a) more than 10% of the voting
securities of
     any  one issuer, (b) more than 10% of the securities of
any
     class  of  any  one  issuer or (c)  more  than  10%  of
the
     outstanding  debt securities of any one issuer, except
that
     limitation  (c) does not apply to the Exchange  Reserve
and
     Diversified Strategic Income Funds and limitations  (b)
and
     (c)  do not apply to the Utilities Fund; provided that
this
     limitation  shall not apply to investment in U.S.
government
     securities.

     3.   Purchasing securities on margin, except that  the
Fund
     may   obtain  any  short-term  credits  necessary  for
the
     clearance of purchases and sales of securities. For
purposes
     of  this  restriction, the deposit or payment of
initial  or
     variation  margin  in connection with futures
contracts  or
     related  options  will not be deemed to  be  a
purchase  of
     securities  on  margin by any Fund permitted  to
engage  in
     transactions in futures contracts or related options.

     4.   Making short sales of securities or maintaining a
short
     position except that (a) the Premium Total Return,
Utilities
     and  Convertible Funds may engage in such activities
if,  at
     all  times when a short position is open, the relevant
Fund
     owns  an equal amount of the securities convertible
into  or
     exchangeable,  without payment of any further
consideration,
     for securities of the same issuer as, and at least
equal  in
     amount  to, the securities sold short, and if, with
respect
     to  the Premium Total Return and Convertible Funds, not
more
     than 10% of the relevant Fund's net assets (taken at
current
     value) is held as collateral for such sales at any one
time
     and  (b)  Utilities Fund may make short sales or
maintain  a
     short position to the extent of 5% of its net assets.

     5.   Borrowing  money, except that (a) the Fund  may
borrow
     from  banks  for  temporary  or emergency  (not
leveraging)
     purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests
that
     might   otherwise  require  the  untimely   disposition
of
     securities,  in  an  amount  not  exceeding  10%  (20%
for
     Utilities  Fund)  of  the value of the Fund's  total
assets
     (including  the  amount  borrowed)  valued  at  market
less
     liabilities (not including the amount borrowed) at the
time
     the borrowing is made, (b) Diversified Strategic Income
Fund
     may  enter  into reverse repurchase agreements  and
forward
     roll  transactions and (c) one or more Funds may enter
into
     futures  contracts. Except for Diversified Strategic
Income
     Fund, whenever borrowings described in (a) exceed 5% of
the
     value  of a Fund's total assets, the Fund will not make
any
     additional  investments.  Immediately  after  any
borrowing
     (including  reverse repurchase agreements and  forward
roll
     transactions),  Diversified  Strategic  Income   Fund
will
     maintain an asset coverage of at least 300% with
respect  to
     all its borrowings.

     6.    Pledging,   hypothecating,  mortgaging  or
otherwise
     encumbering  more than 10% of the value of the Fund's
total
     assets. For purposes of this restriction, (a) the
deposit of
     assets  in escrow in connection with the writing of
covered
     put  or  call  options and the purchase of securities
on  a
     when-issued  or  delayed-delivery basis and  (b)
collateral
     arrangements with respect to (i) the purchase  and
sale  of
     stock options, options on foreign currencies and
options  on
     stock  indexes  and  (ii) initial or  variation  margin
for
     futures  contracts, will not be deemed to be  pledges
of  a
     Fund's assets.

     7.   Underwriting  the securities of other  issuers,
except
     insofar  as the Fund may be deemed an underwriter under
the
     Securities  Act of 1933, as amended, by virtue of
disposing
     of portfolio securities.

     8.   Purchasing or selling real estate or interests in
real
     estate,   except  that  the  Fund  may  purchase  and
sell
     securities that are secured by real estate and may
purchase
     securities issued by companies that invest or deal  in
real
     estate.

     9.   Investing  in  commodities, except that  (a)  the
High
     Income,   Diversified   Strategic  Income,   Utilities
and
     Tax-Exempt Income Funds may invest in futures contracts
and
     options   on  futures  contracts  as  described   in
their
     Prospectuses  and  (b) upon 60 days'  notice  given  to
its
     shareholders, the Premium Total Return and Convertible
Funds
     may   engage  in  hedging  transactions  involving
futures
     contracts and related options, including stock index
futures
     contracts and financial futures contracts.

     10.   Investing in oil, gas or other mineral
exploration  or
     development programs, except that the Premium Total
Return,
     Convertible,  Diversified Strategic  Income,  Utilities
and
     High  Income Funds may invest in the securities of
companies
     that invest in or sponsor those programs.

     11.  Making loans to others, except through the
purchase  of
     qualified   debt  obligations,  the  entry  into
repurchase
     agreements  and,  with  respect  to  Funds  other  than
the
     Exchange   Reserve  Fund,  loans  of  portfolio
securities
     consistent with the Fund's investment objective.

     12.   Investing in securities of other investment
companies
     registered or required to be registered under the 1940
Act,
     except  as  they  may  be acquired  as  part  of  a
merger,
     consolidation, reorganization, acquisition of assets
or  an
     offer of exchange.

     13.   Purchasing any securities which would cause more
than
     25%  of the value of the Fund's total assets at the
time  of
     purchase  to  be  invested  in  the  securities  of
issuers
     conducting their principal business activities in  the
same
     industry,  except that Exchange Reserve Fund  and
Utilities
     Fund will invest in excess of 25% of their respective
assets
     in  the  securities of companies within the banking
industry
     and  utility  industry, respectively;  provided  that
there
     shall  be  no  limit on the purchase of (a) U.S.
government
     securities or (b) for Funds other than the Exchange
Reserve
     and   Utilities  Funds,  Municipal  Securities   issued
by
     governments or political subdivisions of governments.

     14.   Writing or selling puts, calls, straddles,
spreads  or
     combinations  thereof, except, with respect to  Funds
other
     than  Exchange Reserve Fund, as permitted under  the
Fund's
     investment objective and policies.

     15.   Purchasing restricted securities, illiquid
securities
     (such as repurchase agreements with maturities in
excess  of
     seven  days and, in the case of Exchange Reserve Fund,
time
     deposits  maturing  from  two business  days  through
seven
     calendar  days)  or other securities that  are  not
readily
     marketable  if  more than 10% or, in the case  of  the
High
     Income  and Diversified Strategic Income Funds, 15%  of
the
     total  assets  of  the  Fund  would  be  invested  in
such
     securities.

     16.   Purchasing any security if as a result the Fund
would
     then  have  more  than 5% of its total  assets
invested  in
     securities of companies (including predecessors)  that
have
     been  in  continuous operation for fewer than  three
years;
     provided  that  in  the  case  of  private  activity
bonds
     purchased for Tax-Exempt Income Fund, this restriction
shall
     apply  to  the entity supplying the revenues from which
the
     issue is to be paid.

     17.   Making  investments  for  the  purpose  of
exercising
     control or management.

     18.   Purchasing or retaining securities of any company
if,
     to  the  knowledge of the Trust, any of the Trust's
officers
     or  Trustees  or  any  officer or  director  of  an
Adviser
     individually  owns  more than 1/2 of 1% of  the
outstanding
     securities   of   such  company  and   together   they
own
     beneficially more than 5% of the securities.

     19.   Investing  in  warrants (except as permitted
under  a
     Fund's  investment  objective and  policies  or  other
than
     warrants  acquired by the Fund as part of a unit or
attached
     to  securities at the time of purchase) if, as a
result, the
     investments  (valued at the lower of cost or  market)
would
     exceed 5% of the value of the Fund's net assets of
which not
     more  than  2% of the Fund's net assets may be
invested  in
     warrants not listed on a recognized United States or
foreign
     stock  exchange to the extent permitted by applicable
state
     securities laws.

     20.   With  respect  to Utilities Fund only,
purchasing  in
     excess of 5% of the voting securities of a public
utility or
     public  utility  holding company, so as to become  a
public
     utility  holding  company as defined in the  Public
Utility
     Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

     The Trust has adopted two additional investment
restrictions
applicable  to  Exchange Reserve Fund, the first of  which
is  a
fundamental policy, which prohibit Exchange Reserve Fund
from:

     1.   Investing in common stocks, preferred stocks,
warrants,
     other  equity  securities, corporate  bonds  or
debentures,
     state bonds, municipal bonds or industrial revenue
bonds.

     2.   Investing more than 10% of its assets in variable
rate
     master demand notes providing for settlement upon more
than
     seven days' notice by the Fund.

     For purposes of the investment restrictions described
above,
the  issuer  of a Municipal Security is deemed to be  the
entity
(public or private) ultimately responsible for the payment
of the
principal  of  and  interest  on the security.  For
purposes  of
investment  restriction number 13, private activity bonds
(other
than  those issued for charitable, educational and certain
other
purposes), the payment of principal and interest on which is
the
ultimate  responsibility of companies within the  same
industry,
are   grouped  together  as  an  industry.  The  Trust  may
make
commitments  more restrictive than the restrictions listed
above
with respect to a Fund so as to permit the sale of shares of
the
Fund  in certain states. Should the Trust determine that any
such
commitment is no longer in the best interests of the Fund
and its
shareholders, the Trust will revoke the commitment by
terminating
the  sale  of  shares  of  the Fund in the  state  involved.
The
percentage limitations contained in the restrictions listed
above
apply at the time of purchases of securities.

Portfolio Turnover

The  Funds  do  not  intend  to seek profits  through  short-
term
trading.  Nevertheless,  the Funds will  not  consider
portfolio
turnover rate a limiting factor in making investment
decisions.

     Under certain market conditions, a Fund authorized to
engage
in  transactions  in  options may experience increased
portfolio
turnover  as a result of its investment strategies. For
instance,
the exercise of a substantial number of options written by a
Fund
(due  to  appreciation of the underlying security in the
case  of
call  options  on  securities or depreciation of  the
underlying
security  in the case of put options on securities) could
result
in  a  turnover rate in excess of 100%. A portfolio turnover
rate
of  100%  also  would  occur, for example, if  all  of  a
Fund's
securities that are included in the computation of turnover
were
replaced once during a period of one year. A Fund's turnover
rate
is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales
of its
portfolio securities for the year by the monthly average
value of
the  portfolio  securities. Securities or options with
remaining
maturities  of  one year or less on the date of  acquisition
are
excluded from the calculation.

     Certain other practices which may be employed by a Fund
also
could  result in high portfolio turnover. For example,
portfolio
securities  may  be sold in anticipation of a  rise  in
interest
rates  (market decline) or purchased in anticipation of a
decline
in  interest  rates (market rise) and later sold. In
addition,  a
security  may be sold and another of comparable quality
purchased
at approximately the same time to take advantage of what a
Fund's
Adviser believes to be a temporary disparity in the normal
yield
relationship between the two securities. These yield
disparities
may  occur  for  reasons not directly related to  the
investment
quality  of particular issues or the general movement of
interest
rates,  such as changes in the overall demand for, or supply
of,
various types of securities.

      For  the  fiscal years ended July 31, 1994  and  1995,
the
portfolio turnover rates were as follows:

     Fund                     1994      1995

Premium Total Return Fund               34%       --%
Tax-Exempt Income Fund             39%       --%
Convertible Fund                   54%       --%
High Income Fund                   98%       --%
Diversified Strategic Income Fund       93%       --%
Utilities Fund                     28%       --%

      For  regulatory  purposes  the turnover  rate  of
Exchange
Reserve Fund is zero.

Portfolio Transactions

Most of the purchases and sales of securities for a Fund,
whether
transacted on a securities exchange or over-the-counter,
will  be
effected in the primary trading market for the securities,
except
for  Eurobonds which are principally traded over-the-
counter. The
primary  trading market for a given security is generally
located
in  the  country  in  which the issuer has its principal
office.
Decisions to buy and sell securities for a Fund are made  by
its
Adviser,   which   also   is  responsible   for   placing
these
transactions,  subject  to  the overall  review  of  the
Trust's
Trustees.  With  respect  to Diversified Strategic  Income
Fund,
decisions  to buy and sell domestic securities for the  Fund
are
made  by  SBMFM,  which  is also responsible  for  placing
these
transactions;  the  responsibility to make  investment
decisions
with   respect   to  foreign  securities  and  to   place
these
transactions  rests  with  Global  Capital  Management.
Although
investment  decisions for each Fund are made  independently
from
those  of  the other accounts managed by its Adviser,
investments
of  the  type  that the Fund may make also may be made  by
those
other  accounts.  When  a  Fund and one or  more  other
accounts
managed  by its Adviser are prepared to invest in, or
desire  to
dispose   of,   the  same  security,  available  investments
or
opportunities for sales will be allocated in a manner
believed by
the  Adviser  to  be  equitable to  each.  In  some  cases,
this
procedure  may adversely affect the price paid or received
by  a
Fund  or the size of the position obtained or disposed of by
the
Fund.

      Transactions on domestic stock exchanges and  some
foreign
stock  exchanges  involve  the payment  of  negotiated
brokerage
commissions.  On  exchanges on which commissions are
negotiated,
the  cost  of  transactions  may vary  among  different
brokers.
Commissions generally are fixed on most foreign exchanges.
There
is  generally  no  stated commission in the  case  of
securities
traded  in  U.S.  or foreign over-the-counter  markets,  but
the
prices  of  those securities include undisclosed
commissions  or
mark-ups.  The  cost  of securities purchased  from
underwriters
includes an underwriting commission or concession, and the
prices
at  which  securities  are purchased from  and  sold  to
dealers
include   a   dealer's  mark-up  or  mark-down.  U.S.
government
securities generally are purchased from underwriters or
dealers,
although certain newly issued U.S. government securities
may  be
purchased  directly from the United States Treasury or  from
the
issuing agency or instrumentality. The following table sets
forth
certain  information regarding each Fund's payment  of
brokerage
commissions:

Premium
Diversified
                                 Total
High
Strategic
              Fiscal         Return    Convertible    Income
Utilities
Income
                  Year              Fund               Fund
Fund
Fund    Fund

Total Brokerage Commissions   1992      $  762,101
$51,993   $11,296
$  562,710         --
              1992*             --             --
- --      $
774,306       --
               1993      $1,933,587     $75,836   $17,225
$1,810,481
$ 19,446
               1994      $1,767,577     $60,818   $96,670
$2,006,028
$106,421
Commissions paid to      1992      $  283,190     $ 2,700
$22,419   $
28,848        --
Shearson Lehman Brothers 1992*             --             --
- --
$   51,828         --
or  Smith Barney          1993      $  355,027        --
- --
$   97,740         --
              1994      $  280,686        --            --
$  174,858
- --
% of Total Brokerage          1994           15.88%       --
- --
8.70%         --
Commissions paid to
Smith Barney

%  of Total Transactions  1994           14.92%       --
- --
8.10%         --
involving Commissions paid
to Smith Barney

% of Total Brokerage          1995            ----%       --
- --
- ----%         --
Commissions paid to
Smith Barney

%  of Total Transactions  1995            ----%       __
__
- ----%         --
involving Commissions paid
to Smith Barney

 *   Periods  disclosed for Utilities Fund are  for  fiscal
year
     ended  February 29, 1992 and the period from March  1,
1992
     through July 31, 1992.

      In  selecting  brokers  or dealers  to  execute
securities
transactions  on behalf of a Fund, the Fund's Adviser  seeks
the
best overall terms available. In assessing the best overall
terms
available  for  any transaction, each Adviser will  consider
the
factors  that  it deems relevant, including the  breadth  of
the
market  in the security, the price of the security, the
financial
condition  and execution capability of the broker or  dealer
and
the  reasonableness of the commission, if any, for  the
specific
transaction and on a continuing basis. In addition, each
Advisory
Agreement  between  the  Trust  and  an  Adviser  authorizes
the
Adviser,  in selecting brokers or dealers to execute a
particular
transaction  and in evaluating the best overall terms
available,
to  consider the brokerage and research services (as those
terms
are  defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange
Act  of
1934)  provided  to  the  Trust, the  other  Funds  and/or
other
accounts  over  which  the  Adviser or  its  affiliates
exercise
investment discretion. The fees under the Advisory
Agreements and
the Sub-Advisory and/or Administration Agreements are not
reduced
by   reason  of  their  receiving  such  brokerage  and
research
services.   Further,  Smith  Barney  will  not   participate
in
commissions  brokerage  given by the Fund  to  other
brokers  or
dealers  and  will not receive any reciprocal brokerage
business
resulting  therefrom. The Trust's Board of Trustees
periodically
will review the commissions paid by the Funds to determine
if the
commissions  paid  over  representative  periods  of  time
were
reasonable in relation to the benefits inuring to the Trust.

      To  the extent consistent with applicable provisions
of the
1940  Act  and  the  rules  and exemptions  adopted  by  the
SEC
thereunder,  the  Trust's Board of Trustees has  determined
that
transactions for a Fund may be executed through Smith Barney
and
other affiliated broker-dealers if, in the judgment of the
Fund's
Adviser,  the  use of such broker-dealer is likely to
result  in
price  and  execution at least as favorable  as  those  of
other
qualified  broker-dealers,  and  if,  in  the  transaction,
such
broker-dealer  charges  the  Fund a  rate  consistent  with
that
charged   to   comparable  unaffiliated  customers   in
similar
transactions.  In addition, under rules recently adopted  by
the
SEC, Smith Barney may directly execute such transactions for
the
Funds  on the floor of any national securities exchange,
provided
(a)  the Trust's Board of Trustees has expressly authorized
Smith
Barney to effect such transactions, and (b) Smith Barney
annually
advises the Trust of the aggregate compensation it earned on
such
transactions. Over-the-counter purchases and sales are
transacted
directly  with principal market makers except in those
cases  in
which better prices and executions may be obtained
elsewhere.
The   Funds  will  not  purchase  any  security,  including
U.S.
government   securities  or  Municipal  Securities,  during
the
existence  of any underwriting or selling group relating
thereto
of which Smith Barney is a member, except to the extent
permitted
by the SEC.

      The  Funds may use Smith Barney as a commodities
broker  in
connection  with entering into futures contracts and
options  on
futures  contracts. Smith Barney has agreed to charge  the
Funds
commodity  commissions at rates comparable to  those
charged  by
Smith Barney to its most favored clients for comparable
trades in
comparable accounts.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

Volume Discounts

The  schedule of sales charges on Class A shares described
in the
Prospectuses applies to purchases made by any "purchaser",
which
is  defined to include the following: (a) an individual;
(b)  an
individual's spouse and his or her children purchasing
shares for
his  or  her  own  account;  (c) a  trustee  or  other
fiduciary
purchasing  shares for a single trust estate or single
fiduciary
account; (d) a pension, profit-sharing or other employee
benefit
plan  qualified  under Section 401(a) of the Code  and
qualified
employee  benefit plans of employers who are "affiliated
persons"
of  each other within the meaning of the 1940 Act; (e) tax-
exempt
organizations  enumerated in Section 501(c)(3)  or  (13)  of
the
Code; (f) any other organized group of persons, provided
that the
organization  has been in existence for at least six  months
and
was organized for a purpose other than the purchase of
investment
company  securities  at a discount; or (g)  a  trustee  or
other
professional  fiduciary  (including  a  bank,  or  an
investment
adviser registered with the SEC under the Investment
Advisers Act
of  1940)  purchasing shares of the Fund for one  or  more
trust
estates  or  fiduciary accounts. Purchasers who wish  to
combine
purchase orders to take advantage of volume discounts on
Class  A
shares should contact a Smith Barney Financial Consultant.

Combined Right of Accumulation

Reduced  sales charges, in accordance with the schedules  in
the
Prospectuses,  apply to any purchase of Class  A  shares  if
the
aggregate investment in Class A shares of the relevant  Fund
and
in Class A shares of other funds of the Smith Barney Mutual
Funds
that  are  offered  with a sales charge, including  the
purchase
being  made, of any "purchaser" (as defined above) is
$25,000  or
more. The reduced sales charge is subject to confirmation of
the
shareholder's  holdings through a check of  appropriate
records.
The  Trust reserves the right to terminate or amend the
combined
right  of  accumulation  at  any time  after  written
notice  to
shareholders.  For further information regarding  the
rights  of
accumulation,   shareholders  should  contact  a   Smith
Barney
Financial Consultant.

Determination of Public Offering Prices

The  Trust  offers  shares  of the  Funds  to  the  public
on  a
continuous basis. The public offering price for a Class A,
Class
Y  and  Class Z share of the Fund is equal to the net asset
value
per  share  at the time of purchase, plus for Class A
shares  an
initial  sales  charge  based  on the  aggregate  amount  of
the
investment. The public offering price for a Class B and
Class  C
share  (and Class A share purchases, including applicable
rights
of accumulation, equaling or exceeding $500,000), is equal
to the
net  asset value per share at the time of purchase and  no
sales
charge  is imposed at the time of purchase. A contingent
deferred
sales charge ("CDSC"), however, is imposed on certain
redemptions
of  Class  B  and  Class  C shares and of  Class  A  shares
when
purchased   in   amounts  exceeding  $500,000.  The   method
of
computation of the public offering price is shown in  the
Funds'
financial statements incorporated by reference in their
entirety
into this Statement of Additional Information.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Detailed  information  on  how to redeem  shares  of  a
Fund  is
included in its Prospectus. The right of redemption of
shares  of
a  Fund may be suspended or the date of payment postponed
(a) for
any  periods during which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
(the
"NYSE")  is closed (other than for customary weekend and
holiday
closings),  (b)  when trading in the markets  the  Fund
normally
utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as
determined  by
the   SEC,  so  that  disposal  of  the  Fund's  investments
or
determination   of  its  net  asset  value  is   not
reasonably
practicable or (c) for such other periods as the SEC by
order may
permit for the protection of the Fund's shareholders.

     Distributions in Kind. If the Board of Trustees of the
Trust
determines that it would be detrimental to the best
interests  of
the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment
wholly in
cash,  the  Trust  may  pay, in accordance with  SEC  rules,
any
portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000
or 1%
of  the  Fund's net assets by distribution in kind  of
portfolio
securities  in lieu of cash. Securities issued as a
distribution
in   kind  may  incur  brokerage  commissions  when
shareholders
subsequently sell those securities.

     Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan. An automatic cash
withdrawal
plan (the "Withdrawal Plan") is available to shareholders
who own
shares  of  a  Fund with a value of at least $10,000 ($5,000
for
retirement  plan  accounts)  and who  wish  to  receive
specific
amounts  of  cash monthly or quarterly. Withdrawals of  at
least
$100  may be made under the Withdrawal Plan by redeeming as
many
shares  of  the Fund as may be necessary to cover the
stipulated
withdrawal  payment. Any applicable CDSC will not  be
waived  on
amounts withdrawn by shareholders that exceed 1.00% per
month  of
the  value  of a shareholder's shares at the time the
Withdrawal
Plan commences. (With respect to Withdrawal Plans in effect
prior
to  November  7,  1994, any applicable CDSC  will  be
waived  on
amounts withdrawn that do not exceed 2.00% per month of the
value
of  a  shareholder's  shares  at the  time  the  Withdrawal
Plan
commences).  To  the  extent that withdrawals  exceed
dividends,
distributions  and appreciation of a shareholder's
investment  in
the  Fund,  there  will  be  a reduction  in  the  value  of
the
shareholder's  investment and continued withdrawal  payments
may
reduce  the  shareholder's investment and ultimately exhaust
it.
Withdrawal  payments  should not be  considered  as  income
from
investment in a Fund. Furthermore, as it generally would
not  be
advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments
in a
Fund  at  the  same  time  he  or she  is  participating  in
the
Withdrawal  Plan  with respect to that Fund,  purchases  by
such
shareholders  of  additional shares in the Fund in  amounts
less
than $5,000 will not ordinarily be permitted.

      Shareholders who wish to participate in the Withdrawal
Plan
and  who hold their shares in certificate form must deposit
their
share  certificates  of the Fund from which withdrawals
will  be
made  with  TSSG,  as  agent  for Withdrawal  Plan  members.
All
dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan
are
reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional
shares
of  the Fund involved. All applications for participation in
the
Withdrawal Plan must be received by TSSG as Plan Agent  no
later
than   the   eighth  day  of  each  month  to  be  eligible
for
participation   beginning  with  that  month's  withdrawal.
For
additional  information  regarding the Withdrawal  Plan,
contact
your Smith Barney Financial Consultant.

DISTRIBUTOR

Smith  Barney serves as the Trust's distributor on a best
efforts
basis  pursuant  to  a distribution agreement (the
"Distribution
Agreement").

      When  payment is made by the investor before the
settlement
date,  unless otherwise directed by the investor, the funds
will
be  held  as  a  free credit balance in the investor's
brokerage
account, and Smith Barney may benefit from the temporary
use  of
the  funds. The investor may designate another use for the
funds
prior to settlement date, such as an investment in a money
market
fund (other than Smith Barney Exchange Reserve Fund) of the
Smith
Barney  Mutual Funds. If the investor instructs Smith
Barney  to
invest  the funds in a Smith Barney money market fund, the
amount
of  the investment will be included as part of the average
daily
net  assets of both the relevant Fund and the Smith Barney
money
market fund, and affiliates of Smith Barney that serve the
funds
in an investment advisory or administrative capacity will
benefit
from  the  fact they are receiving fees from both such
investment
companies  for  managing these assets computed on  the
basis  of
their average daily net assets. The Trust's Board of
Trustees has
been advised of the benefits to Smith Barney resulting from
these
settlement   procedures  and  will  take   such   benefits
into
consideration  when  reviewing the Advisory,  Administration
and
Distribution Agreements for continuance.

Distribution Arrangements

Shares  of the Trust are distributed on a best efforts
basis  by
Smith  Barney as exclusive sales agent of the Trust
pursuant  to
the  Distribution Agreement. To compensate Smith Barney  for
the
services  it  provides and for the expense  it  bears  under
the
Distribution  Agreement, the Trust has  adopted  a  services
and
distribution plan (the "Plan") pursuant to Rule 12b-1  under
the
1940  Act. Under the Plan, each Fund pays Smith Barney a
service
fee,  accrued  daily and paid monthly, calculated at  the
annual
rate of .25% (.15% in the case of Tax-Exempt Income Fund) of
the
value of the Fund's average daily net assets attributable to
the
Class  A, Class B and Class C shares. In addition, the Fund
pays
Smith  Barney a distribution fee with respect to the Class B
and
Class C shares primarily intended to compensate Smith Barney
for
its  initial expense of paying Financial Consultants a
commission
upon  sales of those shares. The Class B and Class C
distribution
fees,  accrued  daily  and paid monthly, are  calculated  at
the
annual  rate of .50% of the value of a Fund's average  daily
net
assets attributable to the shares of the respective Class.

      During the fiscal year ended July 31, 1993, Shearson
Lehman
Brothers, the Funds' distributor prior to Smith Barney,
received
$48,427,224 in the aggregate from the Trust under the  Plan.
For
the  fiscal  year  ended July 31, 1994 and July 31,  1995,
Smith
Barney  received  $61,280,961 and $[         ],
respectively,  in
the aggregate from the Trust under the Plan. For the same
period,
Smith    Barney    incurred   distribution   expenses
totaling
approximately  $105,372,000 and $[             ],
consisting  of
approximately:  $732,000 and $[              ]  for
advertising;
$814,000  and  $[             ]  for  printing  and  mailing
of
Prospectuses;  $44,025,000  and  $[             ]   for
support
services;   $45,777,000  and  $[            ]  to  Smith
Barney
Financial  Consultants;  and $14,024,000  and  $[
]  in
accruals  for  interest  on the excess of Smith  Barney
expenses
incurred in distributing the Trust's shares over the sum  of
the
distribution  fees  and CDSC received by Smith  Barney  from
the
Trust, respectively.

      The  following  expenses were incurred during  the
periods
indicated:

      Sales  Charges  (paid to Smith Barney  or  Shearson
Lehman
Brothers, its predecessor).

                                          Class A
                     For Period
                    From 11/6/92  Fiscal Year         Fiscal
Year
                   Through 7/31/93     Ended 7/31/94  Ended
7/31/95

Name of Fund

Premium Total Return Fund          $399,065       $546,635
$----
- ---
Tax-Exempt Income Fund         103,757        176,786
- -------
Convertible Fund                13,105         14,561
- -------
High Income Fund               324,552        507,890
- -------
Diversified Strategic Income Fund   629,705        818,088
- ----
- ---
Utilities Fund                 572,895        364,556
- -------

CDSC  (paid  to  Smith  Barney  or Shearson  Lehman
Brothers,  its
predecessor).

                                          Class B
                    Fiscal Year         Fiscal Year
Fiscal
Year
                   Ended 7/31/93       Ended 7/31/94  Ended
7/31/95

Name of Fund

Premium  Total Return Fund          $  492,148
$2,133,023
$-------
Tax-Exempt   Income   Fund            713,191
1,570,424
- -------
Convertible   Fund                   107,519
87,160
- -------
High   Income   Fund                  562,214
743,718
- -------
Diversified  Strategic Income Fund   4,531,241
5,301,256
- -------
Utilities    Fund                   2,489,562
8,429,876
- -------

Service Fees

                                     Class A
                     For Period
                    From 11/6/92  Fiscal Year         Fiscal
Year
                   Through 7/31/93     Ended 7/31/94  Ended
7/31/95

Name of Fund

Premium Total Return Fund          $ 32,902       $138,713
$----
- ---
Tax-Exempt Income Fund           5,963         26,737
- -------
Convertible Fund                 1,212          5,556
- -------
High Income Fund               401,688        593,011
- -------
Diversified Strategic Income Fund    38,096        169,673
- ----
- ---
Utilities Fund                  46,507        125,227
- -------

                                          Class B
                    Fiscal Year         Fiscal Year
Fiscal
Year
                   Ended 7/31/93       Ended 7/31/94  Ended
7/31/95

Name of Fund

Premium  Total Return Fund          $1,760,462
$3,725,474
$-------
Tax-Exempt   Income   Fund          1,125,371
1,683,930
- -------
Convertible   Fund                   124,907
207,197
- -------
High   Income   Fund                  673,903
1,238,239
- -------
Diversified  Strategic Income Fund   2,303,022
6,054,604
- -------
Utilities    Fund                   4,480,226
5,877,824
- -------


                                     Class C
                        (formerly designated as Class D)
                     For Period
                    From 11/6/92  Fiscal Year         Fiscal
Year
                   Through 7/31/93     Ended 7/31/94  Ended
7/31/95

Name of Fund

Premium Total Return Fund              $137         $2,600
$----
- -
Tax-Exempt   Income   Fund                ---
- ---
- -----
Convertible    Fund                      ---
- ---
- -----
High    Income   Fund                     ---
- ---
- -----
Diversified  Strategic Income  Fund          4
980
- -----
Utilities Fund                     112          2,828
- -----

Distribution Fees

                                          Class B
                    Fiscal Year         Fiscal Year
Fiscal
Year
                   Ended 7/31/93       Ended 7/31/94  Ended
7/31/95

Name of Fund

Premium  Total Return Fund          $ 4,691,152         $
7,450,948
$-------
Tax-Exempt   Income  Fund           5,554,513
5,613,101
- -------
Convertible   Fund                    365,443
414,394
- -------
High   Income  Fund                 1,998,175
2,476,479
- -------
Diversified Strategic Income Fund   10,875,236
12,109,208
- -------
Utilities   Fund                   12,484,195
11,755,647
- -------


                                     Class C
                        (formerly designated as Class D)
                     For Period
                    From 11/6/92  Fiscal Year         Fiscal
Year
                   Through 7/31/93     Ended 7/31/94  Ended
7/31/95

Name of Fund

Premium Total Return Fund              $274         $5,199
$----
- -
Tax-Exempt   Income   Fund                ---
- ---
- -----
Convertible    Fund                      ---
- ---
- -----
High    Income   Fund                     ---
- ---
- -----
Diversified  Strategic Income  Fund          8
1,960
- -----
Utilities Fund                     225          5,656
- -----


      Under  its  terms, the Plan continues from  year  to
year,
provided  such continuance is approved annually by  vote  of
the
Trust's   Board  of  Trustees,  including  a  majority   of
the
Independent  Trustees  who have no direct or  indirect
financial
interest  in  the  operation of the Plan. The  Plan  may
not  be
amended  to  increase  the amount to be spent  for  the
services
provided  by Smith Barney without shareholder approval,  and
all
amendments  of the Plan also must be approved by the
Trustees  in
the  manner  described  above. The Plan may  be  terminated
with
respect  to a Class at any time, without penalty, by  vote
of  a
majority  of  the Independent Trustees or, with  respect  to
any
Fund,  by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting
securities
of  the Class (as defined in the 1940 Act). Pursuant to the
Plan,
Smith  Barney  will provide the Trust's Board  of  Trustees
with
periodic  reports  of amounts expended under  the  Plan  and
the
purpose for which such expenditures were made.

VALUATION OF SHARES

Each  Class' net asset value per share is calculated on each
day,
Monday  through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is
closed.
The  NYSE currently is scheduled to be closed on New Year's
Day,
Presidents'  Day,  Good Friday, Memorial Day,  Independence
Day,
Labor  Day,  Thanksgiving and Christmas,  and  on  the
preceding
Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls
on a
Saturday  or Sunday, respectively. Because of the
differences  in
distribution fees and Class-specific expenses, the per share
net
asset  value  of  each  Class  may differ.  The  following
is  a
description of procedures used by a Fund in valuing its
assets.

      Because  of  the need to obtain prices as of the
close  of
trading   on   various  exchanges  throughout  the   world,
the
calculation of the net asset value of Funds investing in
foreign
securities  may  not  take  place  contemporaneously   with
the
determination of the prices of many of their respective
portfolio
securities used in such calculation. A security which  is
listed
or traded on more than one exchange is valued at the
quotation on
the  exchange  determined  to  be the  primary  market  for
such
security.  All  assets  and liabilities  initially
expressed  in
foreign currency values will be converted into U.S. dollar
values
at  the  mean  between  the bid and offered  quotations  of
such
currencies  against U.S. dollars as last quoted by any
recognized
dealer.  If  such  quotations  are not  available,  the
rate  of
exchange will be determined in good faith by the Trust's
Board of
Trustees. In carrying out the Board's valuation policies,
SBMFM,
as administrator, may consult with an independent pricing
service
(the "Pricing Service") retained by the Trust.

      Debt  securities of United States issuers (other than
U.S.
government  securities  and  short-term  investments),
including
Municipal  Securities held by Tax-Exempt Income Fund, are
valued
by  SBMFM, as administrator, after consultation with the
Pricing
Service approved by the Trust's Board of Trustees. When,  in
the
judgment   of  the  Pricing  Service,  quoted  bid   prices
for
investments are readily available and are representative  of
the
bid  side of the market, these investments are valued at the
mean
between  the quoted bid prices and asked prices. Investments
for
which,  in  the  judgment of the Pricing Service,  there
are  no
readily obtainable market quotations are carried at fair
value as
determined by the Pricing Service. The procedures of the
Pricing
Service  are reviewed periodically by the officers of  the
Trust
under the general supervision and responsibility of the
Board  of
Trustees.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

Except  as  noted below, shareholders of any fund  of  the
Smith
Barney Mutual Funds may exchange all or part of their shares
for
shares  of  the  same Class of other funds of  the  Smith
Barney
Mutual  Funds, to the extent such shares are offered for
sale  in
the  shareholder's state of residence, on the basis  of
relative
net asset value per share at the time of exchange as
follows:

     A.  Class A shares of any fund purchased with a sales
charge
     may  be  exchanged for Class A shares of any  of  the
other
     funds,  and the sales charge differential, if any,
will  be
     applied. Class A shares of any fund may be exchanged
without
     a  sales  charge  for shares of the funds that  are
offered
     without a sales charge. Class A shares of any fund
purchased
     without a sales charge may be exchanged for shares sold
with
     a   sales   charge,   and  the  appropriate   sales
charge
     differential will be applied.

     B.   Class  A  shares  of any fund acquired  by  a
previous
     exchange  of  shares purchased with a sales  charge
may  be
     exchanged for Class A shares of any of the other funds,
and
     the sales charge differential, if any, will be applied.

     C.   Class  B shares of any fund may be exchanged
without  a
     sales charge. Class B shares of a Fund exchanged for
Class B
     shares  of  another  fund  will be  subject  to  the
higher
     applicable  CDSC  of  the two funds  and,  for
purposes  of
     calculating  CDSC  rates  and conversion  periods,
will  be
     deemed  to  have been held since the date the  shares
being
     exchanged were deemed to be purchased.

      Dealers  other than Smith Barney must notify  TSSG  of
the
investor's prior ownership of Class A shares of Smith Barney
High
Income  Fund  and  the account number in order to
accomplish  an
exchange  of  shares  of  Smith Barney  High  Income  Fund
under
paragraph B above.

      The  exchange  privilege  enables shareholders  to
acquire
shares  of  the  same  Class in a fund with different
investment
objectives  when they believe that a shift between  funds
is  an
appropriate  investment decision. This privilege is
available  to
shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares
being
acquired  may  legally  be  sold.  Prior  to  any  exchange,
the
shareholder  should  obtain and review  a  copy  of  the
current
prospectus  of  each  fund  into  which  an  exchange  is
being
considered.  Prospectuses may be obtained  from  a  Smith
Barney
Financial Consultant.

      Upon  receipt  of  proper instructions  and  all
necessary
supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are
redeemed
at   the  then-current  net  asset  value  and,  subject  to
any
applicable  CDSC,  the proceeds are immediately  invested,
at  a
price  as  described above, in shares of the fund being
acquired.
Smith  Barney reserves the right to reject any exchange
request.
The  exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any
time
after written notice to shareholders.

PERFORMANCE DATA

From  time to time, the Trust may quote yield or total
return  of
the   Funds   in   advertisements  or  in   reports   and
other
communications to shareholders. The Fund may include
comparative
performance  information in advertising or marketing  the
Fund's
shares.  Such  performance information may include the
following
industry and financial publications: Barron's, Business
Week, CDA
Investment  Technologies, Inc., Changing Times, Forbes,
Fortune,
Institutional  Investor,  Investors  Daily,  Money,
Morningstar
Mutual  Fund Values, The New York Times, USA Today and  The
Wall
Street  Journal.  To  the  extent  any  advertisement  or
sales
literature of the Trust describes the expenses or
performance  of
Class A, Class B, Class C or Class Y, it will also disclose
such
information for the other Classes.

Yield

Exchange Reserve Fund. The current yield for the Fund is
computed
by  (a) determining the net change in the value of a
hypothetical
pre-existing account in the Fund having a balance of one
share at
the  beginning of a seven-calendar-day period for which
yield  is
to  be  quoted, (b) dividing the net change by the value  of
the
account  at  the  beginning of period to obtain the  base
period
return  and  (c)  annualizing the results (i.e., multiplying
the
base period return by 365/7). The net change in the value of
the
account  reflects the value of additional shares  purchased
with
dividends  declared on the original share and any such
additional
shares,  but  does  not  include realized  gains  and
losses  or
unrealized appreciation and depreciation. In addition,  the
Fund
may  calculate a compound effective annualized yield by
adding  1
to  the  base  period  return (calculated  as  described
above),
raising the sum to a power equal to 365/7 and subtracting 1.

     For the seven-day period ended July 31, 1995, the
annualized
yield was ---%, and the compound effective yield was ---%.
As  of
July  31,  1995,  the Fund's average portfolio maturity  was
- ---
days.

      Other  Funds. The 30-day yield figure of a Fund other
than
Exchange  Reserve  Fund  is calculated  according  to  a
formula
prescribed by the SEC. The formula can be expressed as
follows:

                   YIELD =2 [ ( a-bcd+1)6--1]

               Where:     a =dividends and interest earned
during
               the period.
                          b =expenses accrued for the period
(net
               of waiver and reimbursement).
                          c  =the average daily number of
shares
               outstanding  during the period that were
entitled
               to receive dividends.
                          d =the maximum offering price per
share
               on the last day of the period.

     For the purpose of determining the interest earned
(variable
"a" in the formula) on debt obligations that were purchased
by  a
Fund  at  a discount or premium, the formula generally calls
for
amortization   of  the  discount  or  premium;  the
amortization
schedule  will  be  adjusted monthly to reflect  changes  in
the
market values of the debt obligations.

     The Class A yields for the 30-day period ended July 31,
1995
for  the  High Income, Diversified Strategic Income and
Utilities
Funds were ---%, ---% and ---%, respectively.

     The Class B yields for the 30-day period ended July 31,
1995
for  the  High Income, Diversified Strategic Income and
Utilities
Funds were ---%, ---% and ---%, respectively.

     The Class C yields for the 30-day period ended July 31,
1995
for  the  High Income, Diversified Strategic Income and
Utilities
Funds were ---%, ---% and ---%, respectively.

     The Class A and Class B yield for Tax-Exempt Income
Fund for
the  30-day  period  ended  July 31, 1995,  was  ---%  and
- ---%,
respectively,  and the equivalent taxable yield for  that
period
was  ---%,  and ---%, respectively, assuming payment  of
Federal
income taxes at a rate of 28%.

      Investors  should recognize that, in periods  of
declining
interest  rates,  a Fund's yield will tend to be somewhat
higher
than  prevailing market rates, and in periods of rising
interest
rates  the  Fund's  yield  will tend to  be  somewhat
lower.  In
addition, when interest rates are falling, the inflow of net
new
money  to  the Fund from the continuous sale of its  shares
will
likely  be  invested  in  portfolio instruments  producing
lower
yields  than  the  balance  of such Fund's  investments,
thereby
reducing  the  current yield of the Fund. In  periods  of
rising
interest rates, the opposite can be expected to occur.

Average Annual Total Return

The  "average annual total return" figures for each  Fund,
other
than Exchange Reserve Fund, are
computed  according  to  a formula prescribed  by  the  SEC.
The
formula can be expressed as follows:

                         P (1+T)n = ERV

Where:    P =a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000.
               T =average annual total return.
               n =number of years.
                ERV  =Ending  Redeemable Value of a
hypothetical
          $1,000  investment made at the beginning of the 1-
,  5-
          or  10-year period at the end of the 1-, 5- or  10-
year
          period   (or  fractional  portion  thereof),
assuming
          reinvestment of all dividends and distributions.

      The  average  annual total returns (with  fees  waived
and
without  sales  charge)  of the Fund's Class  A  shares
were  as
follows for the periods indicated:

Class A Shares:
                                        Per Annum For
                                        the Period From
                         One Year       Commencement of
                         Period Ended        Operations*
Through
Name of Fund             7/31/95           7/31/95

Premium Total Return Fund           ---%                   -
- --%
Tax-Exempt Income Fund         ---%                   ---%
Convertible Fund               ---%                   ---%
High Income Fund               ---%                   ---%
Diversified Strategic Income Fund   ---%                   -
- --%
Utilities Fund                 ---%                   ----%


* The Fund commenced selling Class A shares on November 6,
1992.

      The  average  annual total returns (with  fees  waived
and
without  CDSC) of the Fund's Class B shares were as  follows
for
the periods indicated:

     Class B Shares:
                                         Per Annum      Per
Annum
For
                                         For the       the
Period
From
                              One    Year            Five
Year
Commencement                        Period  Ended
Period
Ended          of Operations*
                            7/31/95         7/31/95
Through
7/31/95

Name of Fund

Premium  Total Return Fund (1)         ---%
- ---%
- ---%
Tax-Exempt Income Fund (1) (5)         ---%
- ---%
- ---%
Convertible Fund (2)                   ---%
- ---%
- ---%
High   Income  Fund  (2)  (5)          ---%
- ---%
- ---%
Diversified Strategic Income Fund (3) (5)  ---%
- ---%
- ---%
Utilities   Fund  (4)                 ---%
- ---%
- ---%


(1) Fund commenced operations on September 16, 1985.
(2) Fund commenced operations on September 2, 1986.
(3) Fund commenced operations on December 28, 1989.
(4) Fund commenced operations on March 28, 1988.
(5)  Prior  to  November  6, 1992 the  maximum  CDSC
imposed  on
redemptions was 5.00%.
      The average annual total returns (with fees waived) of
the
Fund's Class C shares were as follows for the periods
indicated:

     Class C Shares:
                                   Per Annum For
                                        the Period From
                         One Year       Commencement of
                         Period Ended        Operations*
Through
Name of Fund             7/31/95           7/31/95

Premium Total Return Fund*          ---%                   -
- --%
Tax-Exempt Income Fund         ---%                   ---%
Convertible Fund               ---%                   ---%
High Income Fund               ---%                   ---%
Diversified Strategic Income Fund**      ---%
- -
- --%
Utilities Fund***              ---%                   ----%


*    The  Fund  commenced  selling  Class  C  shares
(previously
     designated as Class D shares) on November 6, 1992.
**   The  Fund  commenced  selling  Class  C  shares
(previously
     designated as Class D shares) on March 19, 1993.
***  The  Fund  commenced  selling  Class  C  shares
(previously
     designated as Class D shares) on February 4, 1993.

      A Class' total return figures calculated in accordance
with
the above formula assume that the maximum sales charge or
maximum
applicable  CDSC, as the case may be, has been deducted  for
the
hypothetical $1,000 initial investment at the time of
purchase.

Aggregate Total Return

The  aggregate  total return figures for each  Fund,  other
than
Exchange  Reserve Fund, represent the cumulative  change  in
the
value of an investment in the Class for the specified period
and
are computed by the following formula:
                             ERV-P
                               P

               Where:     P  =a hypothetical initial
payment  of
               $10,000.
                           ERV  =Ending  Redeemable  Value
of  a
               hypothetical  $10,000  investment  made   at
the
               beginning of the 1-, 5- or 10-year period  at
the
               end of the 1-, 5- or 10-year period (or
fractional
               portion  thereof),  assuming reinvestment  of
all
               dividends and distributions.

      The aggregate total returns (with fees waived) of the
Class
B  shares of the Funds indicated were as follows for the
periods
indicated:


No    Load
Load

             One Year  Five Year Period from    One Year
Five Year Period
from
               Period           Period
Commencement   Period
Period         Commencement
               Ended            Ended            of
Operations    Ended
Ended       of Operations
             July 31,  July 31,    through July 31,  July
31,    through
                1995             1995           July  31,
1995     1995
1995        July 31, 1995

Premium Total Return(1)    ---%           ---%            --
- -%         ---%
- ---%           ---%
Tax-Exempt Income(1)(5)    ---%           ---%            --
- -%         ---%
- ---%           ---%
Convertible(2)             ---%           ---%            --
- -%         ---%
- ---%           ---%
High Income(2)(5)          ---%           ---%            --
- -%         ---%
- ---%           ---%
Diversified Strategic Income (3)(5)   ---%     ---%
- ---%         ---
%       ---%             ---%
Utilities(5)               ---%           ---%            --
- -%         ---%
- ---%           ---%


*    Figures do not include the effect of the maximum sales
charge or maximum
applicable CDSC. If they had been included, it would have
the effect  of
lowering the returns shown.
**    Figures include the effect of the maximum sales charge
or  maximum
applicable CDSC.

(1) Fund commenced operations on September 16, 1985.
(2) Fund commenced operations on September 2, 1986.
(3) Fund commenced operations on December 28, 1989.
(4) Fund commenced operations on March 28, 1988.
(5) Prior to November 6, 1992 the maximum CDSC imposed on
redemptions was 5%.
 The aggregate total returns (with fees waived) of the Class
A and Class C
shares of the Funds indicated were as follows for the
periods indicated:

                                     No Load           Load
No
Load                     Load

                                   Period from
Period from
             One Year  One Year  November 6, 1992
November 6, 1992
                  Period    Ended       Period   Ended
through
through
               July 31, 1995*    July 31, 1995**    July 31,
1995*  July 31,
1995**

Premium Total Return
 Class A         ---%           ---%           ---%
- ---%
 Class C         ---%           ---%           ---%
- ---%
Tax-Exempt Income
 Class A         ---%           ---%           ---%
- ---%
 Class C         ---%           ---%           ---%
- ---%
Convertible
 Class A         ---%           ---%           ---%
- ---%
 Class C         ---%           ---%           ---%
- ---%
High Income
 Class A         ---%           ---%           ---%
- ---%
 Class C         ---%           ---%           ---%
- ---%
Diversified Strategic Income
 Class A         ---%      ---%           ---%
- ---%
 Class C        ---%           ---%           ---%
- ---%
Utilities
 Class A         ---%           ---%           ---%
- ---%
 Class C            ---%           ---%           ---%
- ---%


*    Figures do not include the effect of the maximum sales
charge or maximum
applicable CDSC.
**    Figures include the effect of the maximum sales charge
or  maximum
applicable CDSC.
     The Fund commenced selling Class C shares (previously
designated as Class
D shares) on March 19, 1993
     The Fund commenced selling Class C shares (previously
designated as Class
D shares) on February 4, 1993.

      It  is  important to note that the yield and  total
return
figures set forth above are based on historical earnings and
are
not intended to indicate future performance.

      A  Class' performance will vary from time to time
depending
upon  market  conditions, the composition of the relevant
Fund's
portfolio  and  operating expenses and the  expenses
exclusively
attributable  to that Class. Consequently, any given
performance
quotation  should not be considered representative of the
Class'
performance  for  any  specified period in  the  future.
Because
performance  will vary, it may not provide a basis for
comparing
an  investment in the Class with certain bank deposits  or
other
investments that pay a fixed yield for a stated period  of
time.
Investors  comparing  a Class' performance  with  that  of
other
mutual  funds  should  give  consideration  to  the  quality
and
maturity   of  the  respective  investment  company's
portfolio
securities.
TAXES

The  following  is  a  summary  of  certain  Federal  income
tax
considerations  that may affect the Trust and  its
shareholders.
This  summary is not intended as a substitute for individual
tax
advice  and investors are urged to consult their own tax
advisors
as  to  the tax consequences of an investment in any Fund of
the
Trust.

Tax Status of the Funds

Each  Fund  will  be  treated as a separate  taxable  entity
for
Federal income tax purposes.

     Each Fund has qualified and the Trust intends that each
Fund
continue   to  qualify  separately  each  year  as  a
"regulated
investment company" under the Code. A qualified Fund will
not  be
liable  for  Federal income taxes to the extent its  taxable
net
investment  income and net realized capital gains are
distributed
to its shareholders, provided that each Fund distributes at
least
90% of its net investment income. One of the several
requirements
for  qualification is that a Fund receive at  least  90%  of
its
gross  income  each year from dividends, interest, payments
with
respect  to  securities loans and gains from the  sale  or
other
disposition  of equity or debt securities or foreign
currencies,
or other income (including but not limited to gains from
options,
futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to the
Fund's
investment  in such stock, securities, or currencies.  The
Trust
does not expect any Fund to have difficulty meeting this
test.

      To  qualify as a regulated investment company, a Fund
also
must  earn less than 30% of its gross income from the
disposition
of  securities held for less than three months. The 30% test
will
limit  the  extent to which a Fund may sell securities  held
for
less than three months; effect short sales of securities
held for
less  than three months; write options which expire in less
than
three  months;  and effect closing transactions with
respect  to
call  or  put options that have been written or purchased
within
the preceding three months. (If a Fund purchases a put
option for
the  purpose  of  hedging an underlying portfolio  security,
the
acquisition  of  the option is treated as a  short  sale  of
the
underlying  security  unless  the option  and  the  security
are
acquired  on  the same date.) Finally, as discussed  below,
this
requirement  also  may  limit investments  by  certain
Funds  in
options   on  stock  indexes,  options  on  nonconvertible
debt
securities,  futures contracts and options on futures
contracts,
and  foreign currencies (or options, futures or forward
contracts
on  foreign currencies) but only to the extent that such
foreign
currencies  are  not  directly related to the  Trust's
principal
business of investing in securities.

Taxation of Investment by the Funds

Gains  or losses on sales of securities by a Fund generally
will
be  long-term  capital gains or losses if the Fund has  held
the
securities  for more than one year. Gains or losses on
sales  of
securities  held  for not more than one year  generally
will  be
short-term.  If a Fund acquires a debt security at a
substantial
discount, a portion of any gain upon sale or redemption
will  be
taxed as ordinary income, rather than capital gain, to the
extent
that it reflects accrued market discount.

      Options  and Futures Transactions. The tax
consequences  of
options  transactions entered into by a Fund will vary
depending
on  the nature of the underlying security, whether the
option  is
written or purchased, and whether the "straddle" rules,
discussed
separately below, apply to the transaction. When a Fund
writes  a
call or put option on an equity or convertible debt
security,  it
will  receive a premium that will, subject to the straddle
rules,
be  treated  as  follows for tax purposes. If the option
expires
unexercised,  or  if  the  Fund enters into  a  closing
purchase
transaction, the Fund will realize a gain (or loss if the
cost of
the  closing  purchase  transaction exceeds  the  amount  of
the
premium)  without regard to any unrealized gain or  loss  on
the
underlying  security. Any such gain or loss will be a  short-
term
capital  gain  or  loss, except that any loss  on  a
"qualified"
covered  call stock option that is not treated as  a  part
of  a
straddle  may  be treated as long-term capital loss.  If  a
call
option written by a Fund is exercised, the Fund will
recognize  a
capital  gain  or loss from the sale of the underlying
security,
and  will treat the premium as additional sales proceeds.
Whether
the  gain or loss will be long-term or short-term will
depend  on
the  holding period of the underlying security. If a  put
option
written  by  a Fund is exercised, the amount of the premium
will
reduce  the  tax  basis  of  the  security  that  the  Fund
then
purchases.

      If  a  put or call option that a Fund has purchased
on  an
equity or convertible debt security expires unexercised, the
Fund
will realize capital loss equal to the cost of the option.
If the
Fund  enters into a closing sale transaction with respect to
the
option,  it  will  realize a capital gain or loss
(depending  on
whether the proceeds from the closing transaction are
greater  or
less  than  the  cost of the option). The gain or  loss
will  be
short-term  or long-term, depending on the Fund's holding
period
in  the option. If the Fund exercises such a put option, it
will
realize a short-term capital gain or loss (long-term if the
Fund
holds  the  underlying security for more than one year
before  it
purchases  the  put)  from  the sale of the  underlying
security
measured by the sales proceeds decreased by the premium
paid.  If
the  Fund exercises such a call option, the premium paid for
the
option will be added to the tax basis of the security
purchased.

      One or more Funds may invest in section 1256
contracts, and
the  Code  imposes a special "mark-to-market" system  for
taxing
these  contracts.  These contracts generally include
options  on
nonconvertible   debt   securities   (including   United
States
government   securities),  options  on  stock  indexes,
futures
contracts,  options  on  futures contracts  and  certain
foreign
currency   contracts.  Options  on  foreign   currency,
futures
contracts  on  foreign currency and options on  foreign
currency
futures  will qualify as "section 1256" contracts if the
options
or  futures are traded on or subject to the rules of a
qualified
board  or  exchange.  Generally, most  of  the  foreign
currency
options and foreign currency futures and related options in
which
certain  Funds may invest will qualify as section 1256
contracts.
In  general, gain or loss on section 1256 contracts will be
taken
into  account  for  tax  purposes when actually  realized
(by  a
closing transaction, by exercise, by taking delivery or by
other
termination). In addition, any section 1256 contracts held
at the
end  of  a taxable year will be treated as sold at their
year-end
fair  market  value  (that is, marked to  the  market),  and
the
resulting  gain  or  loss will be recognized  for  tax
purposes.
Provided  that section 1256 contracts are held as capital
assets
and  are  not  part  of  a straddle, both the  realized  and
the
unrealized year-end gain or loss from these investment
positions
(including premiums on options that expire unexercised)
will  be
treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or
loss,
regardless  of  the period of time particular positions
actually
are held by a Fund.

     A portion of the mark-to-market gain on instruments
held for
less than three months at the close of a Fund's taxable year
may
represent  a  gain on securities held for less than three
months
for purposes of the 30% test discussed above. Accordingly, a
Fund
may  have to restrict its fourth-quarter transactions in
section
1256 contracts.

      Straddles.  While the mark-to-market system is
limited  to
section  1256 contracts, the Code contains other rules
applicable
to  transactions which create positions which offset
positions in
section   1256  or  other  investment  contracts.  Those
rules,
applicable to "straddle" transactions, are intended to
eliminate
any special tax advantages for such transactions.
"Straddles" are
defined  to  include  "offsetting positions"  in  actively-
traded
personal property. Under current law, it is not clear under
what
circumstances one investment made by a Fund, such as an
option or
futures  contract,  would  be  treated  as  "offsetting"
another
investment also held by the Fund, such as the underlying
security
(or vice versa) and, therefore, whether the Fund would be
treated
as  having  entered  into  a  straddle.  In  general,
investment
positions   may  be  "offsetting"  if  there  is  a
substantial
diminution  in  the  risk of loss from holding  one
position  by
reason  of holding one or more other positions (although
certain
"qualified" covered call stock options written by a Fund
may  be
treated  as not creating a straddle). Also, the forward
currency
contracts  entered into by a Fund may result in the
creation  of
"straddles" for Federal income tax purposes.

     If two (or more) positions constitute a straddle, a
realized
loss from one position (including a mark-to-market loss)
must  be
deferred  to  the  extent of unrecognized gain in  an
offsetting
position. Also, the holding period rules described above
may  be
modified to recharacterize long-term gain as short-term
gain,  or
to   recharacterize  short-term  loss  as  long-term   loss,
in
connection   with  certain  straddle  transactions.
Furthermore,
interest   and  other  carrying  charges  allocable  to
personal
property  that  is  part of a straddle must  be
capitalized.  In
addition,  "wash  sale" rules apply to straddle
transactions  to
prevent the recognition of loss from the sale of a position
at  a
loss  where  a  new offsetting position is or has  been
acquired
within a prescribed period. To the extent that the straddle
rules
apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by
the
Fund  may  be  either  deferred or recharacterized  as  long-
term
losses, and long-term gains realized by the Fund may be
converted
to short-term gains.

       If  a  Fund  chooses  to  identify  particular
offsetting
positions as being components of a straddle, a realized loss
will
be  recognized,  but  only upon the liquidation  of  all  of
the
components of the identified straddle. Special rules apply
to the
treatment of "mixed" straddles (that is, straddles
consisting  of
a  section 1256 contract and an offsetting position that is
not a
section  1256  contract). If a Fund makes certain elections,
the
section  1256 contract components of such straddles will
not  be
subject  to  the  "60%/40%" mark-to-market  rules.  If  any
such
election  is made, the amount, the nature (as long-or short-
term)
and  the timing of the recognition of the Fund's gains or
losses
from  the  affected straddle positions will be  determined
under
rules that will vary according to the type of election made.

     Section 988. Foreign currency gain or loss from
transactions
in  (a) bank forward contracts not traded in the interbank
market
and  (b)  futures contracts traded on a foreign exchange
may  be
treated as ordinary income or loss under Code section 988. A
Fund
may  elect  to have section 988 apply to section 1256
contracts.
Pursuant  to  that election, foreign currency gain or  loss
from
these  transactions would be treated entirely as ordinary
income
or loss when realized. A Fund will make the election
necessary to
gain  such  treatment if the election is otherwise  in  the
best
interests of the Fund.

Taxation of the Trust's Shareholders

Dividends paid by a Fund from investment income and
distributions
of  short-term  capital gains will be taxable to
shareholders  as
ordinary income for Federal income tax purposes, whether
received
in  cash  or  reinvested in additional shares.
Distributions  of
long-term  capital  gains  will be  taxable  to
shareholders  as
long-term  capital gain, whether paid in cash  or
reinvested  in
additional shares, and regardless of the length of time that
the
shareholder has held his or her shares of the Fund.

      Dividends of investment income (but not capital gains)
from
any    Fund    generally   will   qualify   for    the
Federal
dividends-received deduction for domestic corporate
shareholders
to  the  extent  that such dividends do not exceed the
aggregate
amount   of   dividends  received  by  the  Fund  from
domestic
corporations. If securities held by a Fund are considered
to  be
"debt-financed"  (generally, acquired with borrowed  funds),
are
held  by  the Fund for less than 46 days (91 days in the
case  of
certain  preferred  stock), or are subject to  certain
forms  of
hedges  or short sales, the portion of the dividends paid by
the
Fund which corresponds to the dividends paid with respect to
such
securities    will   not   be   eligible   for   the
corporate
dividends-received deduction.

      If a shareholder (a) incurs a sales charge in
acquiring  or
redeeming  Fund  shares  and (b) disposes  of  those  shares
and
acquires  within 90 days after the original acquisition,  or
(c)
acquires  within 90 days of the redemption, shares  in  a
mutual
fund  for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is
reduced
by reason of a reinvestment right (i.e., exchange
privilege), the
original  sales charge increases the shareholder's tax
basis  in
the  original shares only to the extent the otherwise
applicable
sales  charge  for  the second acquisition is  not  reduced.
The
portion  of the original sales charge that does not increase
the
shareholder's tax basis in the original shares would  be
treated
as  incurred  with respect to the second acquisition  and,
as  a
general rule, would increase the shareholder's tax basis  in
the
newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also
applies to
a  disposition  of  the  newly acquired or redeemed  shares
made
within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision
prevents
a  shareholder  from immediately deducting the  sales
charge  by
shifting his or her investment in a family of mutual funds.

     Capital Gains Distribution. As a general rule, a
shareholder
who  redeems  or  exchanges  his or  her  shares  will
recognize
long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been  held
for
more than one year, and will recognize short-term capital
gain or
loss  if the shares have been held for one year or less.
However,
if  a  shareholder receives a distribution taxable  as  long-
term
capital  gain  with respect to shares of a Fund  and
redeems  or
exchanges the shares before he or she has held them for more
than
six  months, any loss on such redemption or exchange that is
less
than  or  equal to the amount of the distribution will be
treated
as a long-term capital loss.

      Backup  Withholding. If a shareholder fails  to
furnish  a
correct  taxpayer identification number, fails  to  fully
report
dividend or interest income, or fails to certify that he  or
she
has provided a correct taxpayer identification number and
that he
or  she  is not subject to such withholding, then the
shareholder
may be subject to a 31% "backup withholding tax" with
respect  to
(a)  any taxable dividends and distributions and (b) any
proceeds
of  any  redemption  of  Trust shares. An  individual's
taxpayer
identification number is his or her social security  number.
The
backup  withholding  tax  is not an additional  tax  and
may  be
credited  against  a  shareholder's regular  Federal  income
tax
liability.

      Tax-Exempt Income Fund. Because Tax-Exempt Income Fund
will
distribute  exempt-interest dividends, interest  on
indebtedness
incurred by shareholders, directly or indirectly, to
purchase  or
carry  shares  of  the  Fund will not be deductible  for
Federal
income tax purposes. If a shareholder redeems or exchanges
shares
of  the Fund with respect to which he receives an exempt-
interest
dividend  before holding the shares for more than six
months,  no
loss  will be allowed on the redemption or exchange to the
extent
of the dividend received. Also, that portion of any dividend
from
the  Fund  which  represents income from private  activity
bonds
other  than those issued for charitable, educational and
certain
other  purposes  held by the Fund may not retain  its  tax-
exempt
status in the hands of a shareholder who is a "substantial
user"
of  a facility financed by such bonds or a person "related"
to  a
substantial user. Investors should consult their own tax
advisors
to  see  whether they may be substantial users or related
persons
with  respect to a facility financed by bonds in which  the
Fund
may  invest.  Moreover, investors receiving  social
security  or
certain other retirement benefits should be aware that tax-
exempt
interest  received from the Fund may under certain
circumstances
cause up to one-half of such retirement benefits to be
subject to
tax.  If  the  Fund receives taxable investment income,  it
will
designate as taxable the same percentage of each dividend as
the
actual taxable income bears to the total investment income
earned
during  the period for which the dividend is paid. The
percentage
of  each  dividend designated as taxable, if any, may,
therefore,
vary.  Dividends derived from interest from Municipal
Securities
which  are  exempt  from  Federal tax also  may  be  exempt
from
personal  income taxes in the state where the issuer is
located,
but  in most cases will not be exempt under the tax laws of
other
states or local authorities. Annual statements will set
forth the
amount  of interest from Municipal Securities earned by the
Fund
in  each  state  or  possession in  which  issuers  of
portfolio
securities are located.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

      The Trust was organized as an unincorporated business
trust
under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts pursuant
to a
Master Trust Agreement dated March 12, 1985, as amended from
time
to  time, and on November 5, 1992 the Trust filed an Amended
and
Restated  Master  Trust  Agreement (the "Trust  Agreement").
The
Trust  commenced business as an investment company  on
September
16,  1985, under the name Shearson Lehman Special
Portfolios.  On
February 21, 1986, December 6, 1988, August 27, 1990,
November 5,
1992,  July 30, 1993 and October 14, 1994, the Trust changed
its
name  to  Shearson Lehman Special Income Portfolios,  SLH
Income
Portfolios, Shearson Lehman Brothers Income Portfolios,
Shearson
Lehman Brothers Income Funds, Smith Barney Shearson Income
Funds
and Smith Barney Income Funds, respectively.

       PNC   Bank  is  located  at  17th  and  Chestnut
Streets,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, and serves as the
custodian  of
the Trust. Under its custodian agreement with the Trust, PNC
Bank
is   authorized  to  establish  separate  accounts  for
foreign
securities owned by the Trust to be held with foreign
branches of
other  U.S.  banks  as  well as with certain  foreign  banks
and
securities  depositaries. For its custody services to the
Trust,
PNC Bank receives monthly fees based upon the month-end
aggregate
net asset value of the Trust, plus certain charges for
securities
transactions including out-of-pocket expenses, and costs  of
any
foreign and domestic sub-custodians. The assets of the Trust
are
held under bank custodianship in compliance with the 1940
Act.

      TSSG  is  located at Exchange Place, Boston,
Massachusetts
02109,  and  serves  as  the Trust's transfer  agent.  Under
the
transfer agency agreement, TSSG maintains the shareholder
account
records  for  the  Trust, handles certain communications
between
shareholders   and  the  Trust  and  distributes  dividends
and
distributions  payable  by each Fund.  For  these  services
TSSG
receives  from each Fund a monthly fee computed on the
basis  of
the number of shareholder accounts maintained during the
year for
each Fund and is reimbursed for certain out-of-pocket
expenses.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  Funds'  Annual Reports for the fiscal year  ended  July
31,
1995, accompany this Statement of Additional Information and
are
incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
APPENDIX

Description of Ratings

Description of S&P Corporate Bond Ratings

                              AAA

     Bonds rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by S&P
to a
debt obligation. Capacity to pay interest and repay
principal  is
extremely strong.

                               AA

      Bonds  rated AA have a very strong capacity to pay
interest
and repay principal and differ from the highest rated issues
only
in small degree.

                               A

      Bonds  rated  A have a strong capacity to pay interest
and
repay  principal although they are somewhat more
susceptible  to
the  adverse  effects  of changes in circumstances  and
economic
conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.

                              BBB

      Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate
capacity
to  pay  interest  and  repay principal.  Whereas  they
normally
exhibit   adequate   protection  parameters,   adverse
economic
conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead
to a
weakened  capacity to pay interest and repay principal for
bonds
in this category than for bonds in higher rated categories.

                         BB, B and CCC

       Bonds  rated  BB  and  B  are  regarded,  on
balance,  as
predominantly  speculative  with  respect  to  capacity  to
pay
interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of
the
obligation.  BB represents a lower degree of speculation
than  B
and  CCC,  the highest degrees of speculation. While  such
bonds
will  likely  have  some quality and protective
characteristics,
these  are  outweighed  by  large  uncertainties  or  major
risk
exposures to adverse conditions.

Description of Moody's Corporate Bond Ratings

                              Aaa

     Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be the best
quality.
They  carry  the  smallest  degree of  investment  risk  and
are
generally  referred  to  as "gilt-edge".  Interest  payments
are
protected by a large or exceptionally stable margin and
principal
is  secure. While the various protective elements are
likely  to
change,  such changes as can be visualized are most
unlikely  to
impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.


                              A-1
                               Aa

     Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high
quality by
all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise
what are
generally  known as high grade bonds. They are rated  lower
than
the  best bonds because margins of protection may not be as
large
as  in Aaa securities, or fluctuation of protective elements
may
be  of  greater amplitude or there may be other elements
present
which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than
in Aaa
securities.

                               A

      Bonds  which  are  rated  A  possess  favorable
investment
attributes  and  are  to  be considered  as  upper  medium
grade
obligations.  Factors giving security to principal  and
interest
are considered adequate but elements may be present which
suggest
a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

                              Baa

      Bonds  which  are rated Baa are considered as medium
grade
obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected  nor
poorly
secured. Interest payments and principal security appear
adequate
for the present but certain protective elements may be
lacking or
may  be  characteristically unreliable over any great
length  of
time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics
and
in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

                               Ba

      Bonds  which  are  rated Ba are judged to have
speculative
elements;  their  future cannot be considered  as  well
assured.
Often  the protection of interest and principal payments
may  be
very  moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both
good
and   bad   times  over  the  future.  Uncertainty  of
position
characterizes bonds in this class.

                               B

      Bonds  which are rated B generally lack
characteristics  of
desirable   investments.  Assurance  of  interest  and
principal
payments  or  of maintenance of other terms of the contract
over
any long period of time may be small.

                              Caa

      Bonds that are rated Caa are of poor standing. These
issues
may  be  in default or present elements of danger may exist
with
respect to principal or interest.
Moody's applies the numerical modifier 1, 2 and 3 to each
generic
rating classification from Aa through B. The modifier 1
indicates
that  the security ranks in the higher end of its generic
rating
category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking;  and
the
modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end
of its
generic rating category.



                              A-2
Description of S&P Municipal Bond Ratings

                              AAA

      Prime -- These are obligations of the highest quality.
They
have the strongest capacity for timely payment of debt
service.

      General Obligation Bonds -- In a period of economic
stress,
the  issuers will suffer the smallest declines in income and
will
be  least  susceptible  to  autonomous decline.  Debt
burden  is
moderate.  A strong revenue structure appears more than
adequate
to  meet  future expenditure requirements. Quality of
management
appears superior.

      Revenue  Bonds -- Debt service coverage has  been,
and  is
expected  to  remain,  substantial.  Stability  of  the
pledged
revenues  is  also  exceptionally strong due to  the
competitive
position  of  the municipal enterprise or to the  nature  of
the
revenues.  Basic  security provisions (including  rate
covenant,
earnings  test  for  issuance of additional bonds,  debt
service
reserve requirements) are rigorous. There is evidence of
superior
management.

                               AA

      High  Grade -- The investment characteristics of
bonds  in
this  group are only slightly less marked than those of the
prime
quality issues. Bonds rated AA have the second strongest
capacity
for payment of debt service.

                               A

      Good  Grade -- Principal and interest payments on
bonds  in
this  category  are  regarded  as safe  although  the  bonds
are
somewhat  more susceptible to the adverse affects of
changes  in
circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher
rated
categories.  This  rating describes the third strongest
capacity
for  payment  of  debt  service. Regarding municipal  bonds,
the
ratings differ from the two higher ratings because:

      General Obligation Bonds -- There is some weakness,
either
in  the  local  economic  base, in debt burden,  in  the
balance
between  revenues and expenditures, or in quality of
management.
Under  certain adverse circumstances, any one such weakness
might
impair the ability of the issuer to meet debt obligations at
some
future date.

      Revenue  Bonds -- Debt service coverage is  good,  but
not
exceptional.  Stability of the pledged revenues could  show
some
variations   because   of  increased  competition   or
economic
influences   on   revenues.  Basic  security  provisions,
while
satisfactory, are less stringent. Management performance
appears
adequate.



                              A-3

                              BBB

     Medium Grade -- Of the investment grade ratings, this
is the
lowest.  Bonds in this group are regarded as having  an
adequate
capacity  to  pay  interest  and repay  principal.  Whereas
they
normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse
economic
conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead
to a
weakened  capacity to pay interest and repay principal for
bonds
in this category than for bonds in higher rated categories.

       General   Obligation  Bonds  --  Under   certain
adverse
conditions,  several of the above factors could contribute
to  a
lesser  capacity  for  payment of debt  service.  The
difference
between A and BBB ratings is that the latter shows more than
one
fundamental   weakness,  or  one  very  substantial
fundamental
weakness, whereas the former shows only one deficiency among
the
factors considered.

      Revenue  Bonds -- Debt coverage is only fair.
Stability  of
the  pledged revenues could show substantial variations,
with the
revenue  flow possibly being subject to erosion over time.
Basic
security   provisions  are  no  more  than  adequate.
Management
performance could be stronger.

                       BB, B, CCC and CC

      Bonds rated BB, B, CCC and CC are regarded, on
balance,  as
predominately  speculative  with  respect  to  capacity  to
pay
interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of
the
obligation. BB includes the lowest degree of speculation
and  CC
the  highest degree of speculation. While such bonds will
likely
have  some  quality  and  protective characteristics,  these
are
outweighed  by  large uncertainties or major  risk
exposures  to
adverse conditions.

                               C

      The  rating  C  is reserved for income bonds  on
which  no
interest is being paid.

                               D

     Bonds rated D are in default, and payment of interest
and/or
repayment of principal is in arrears.

      S&P's letter ratings may be modified by the addition
of  a
plus  or  a  minus sign, which is used to show relative
standing
within the major rating categories, except in the AAA-Prime
Grade
category.

Description of S&P Municipal Note Ratings

Municipal  notes  with  maturities of three  years  or  less
are
usually  given  note  ratings (designated  SP-1,  -2  or  -
3)  to
distinguish more clearly the credit quality of notes as
compared
to  bonds. Notes rated SP-1 have a very strong or strong
capacity
to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to
possess
overwhelming safety characteristics are given the
designation  of
SP-1+.  Notes  rated  SP-2  have  satisfactory  capacity  to
pay
principal and interest.



                              A-4

Description of Moody's Municipal Bond Ratings

                              Aaa

     Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be the best
quality.
They  carry  the  smallest  degree of  investment  risk  and
are
generally  referred  to  as "gilt edge".  Interest  payments
are
protected  by  a large or by an exceptionally stable  margin
and
principal  is  secure. While the various protective elements
are
likely  to  change,  such changes as can be visualized  are
most
unlikely  to  impair the fundamentally strong  position  of
such
issues.

                               Aa

     Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high
quality by
all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise
what are
generally  known as high grade bonds. They are rated  lower
than
the  best bonds because margins of protection may not be as
large
as  in Aaa securities, or fluctuation of protective elements
may
be  of  greater amplitude, or there may be other elements
present
which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than
in Aaa
securities.

                               A

      Bonds  which are rated A possess many favorable
investment
attributes  and  are  to  be considered  as  upper  medium
grade
obligations.  Factors giving security to principal  and
interest
are  considered  adequate,  but elements  may  be  present
which
suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the
future.

                              Baa

      Bonds  which  are rated Baa are considered as medium
grade
obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected  nor
poorly
secured. Interest payments and principal security appear
adequate
for the present but certain protective elements may be
lacking or
may  be  characteristically unreliable over any great
length  of
time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics
and
in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

                               Ba

      Bonds  which  are  rated Ba are judged to have
speculative
elements;  their  future cannot be considered  as  well
assured.
Often  the protection of interest and principal payments
may  be
very  moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both
good
and   bad   times  over  the  future.  Uncertainty  of
position
characterize bonds in this class.

                               B

      Bonds  which are rated B generally lack
characteristics  of
the  desirable  investment. Assurance of interest  and
principal
payments  or  of maintenance of other terms of the contract
over
any long period of time may be small.


                              A-5
                              Caa

      Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such
issues
may be in default or there may be present elements of danger
with
respect to principal or interest.

                               Ca

      Bonds  which are rated Ca represent obligations  which
are
speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in
default or
have other marked shortcomings.

                               C

     Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of
bonds,
and  issues  so  rated can be regarded as having  extremely
poor
prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
Moody's  applies  the numerical modifiers 1,  2  and  3  in
each
generic  rating classification from Aa through B. The
modifier  1
indicates  that  the  security ranks in the  higher  end  of
its
generic  ratings category; the modifier 2 indicates  a  mid-
range
ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks
in the
lower end of its generic ratings category.

Description of Moody's Municipal Note Ratings

Moody's   ratings  for  state  and  municipal  notes  and
other
short-term  loans are designated Moody's Investment  Grade
(MIG)
and  for variable rate demand obligations are designated
Variable
Moody's Investment Grade (VMIG). This distinction recognizes
the
differences  between  short-  and long-term  credit  risk.
Loans
bearing  the  designation  MIG 1/VMIG 1  are  the  best
quality,
enjoying  strong protection from established cash flows of
funds
for their servicing or from established and broad-based
access to
the   market   for  refinancing,  or  both.  Loans  bearing
the
designation  MIG  2/VMIG 2 are of high quality, with
margins  of
protection  ample, although not as large as the preceding
group.
Loans  bearing  the  designation MIG 3/VMIG 3  are  of
favorable
quality, with all security elements accounted for but
lacking the
undeniable  strength of the preceding grades. Market  access
for
refinancing,   in  particular,  is  likely  to   be   less
well
established. Loans bearing the designation MIG 4/VMIG  4
are  of
adequate quality. Protection commonly regarded as required
of  an
investment  security is present and although  not
distinctly  or
predominantly speculative, there is specific risk.

Description of Commercial Paper Ratings

The  rating  A-1+  is  the highest, and A-1 the  second
highest,
commercial  paper rating assigned by S&P. Paper rated  A-1+
must
have  either the direct credit support of an issuer or
guarantor
that   possesses  excellent  long-term  operating  and
financial
strength   combined   with   strong   liquidity
characteristics
(typically,  such  issuers  or guarantors  would  display
credit
quality characteristics which would warrant a senior bond
rating
of  A\-  or higher) or the direct credit support of an
issuer  or
guarantor  that  possesses  above average  long-term
fundamental
operating  and  financing  capabilities  combined  with
ongoing
excellent  liquidity characteristics. Paper rated A-1  must
have
the  following characteristics: liquidity ratios are
adequate  to
meet  cash  requirements; long-term senior debt  is  rated
A  or
better; the issuer has access to at least two additional
channels
of  borrowing; basic earnings and cash flow have an upward
trend
with



                              A-6
allowance made for unusual circumstances; typically, the
issuer's
industry is well established and the issuer has a strong
position
within   the  industry;  and  the  reliability  and  quality
of
management are unquestioned.

      The  rating Prime-1 is the highest commercial paper
rating
assigned  by Moody's. Among the factors considered by
Moody's  in
assigning  ratings  are  the following:  (a)  evaluation  of
the
management of the issuer; (b) economic evaluation of the
issuer's
industry or industries and an appraisal of speculative-type
risks
which  may  be inherent in certain areas; (c) evaluation  of
the
issuer's   products  in  relation  to  competition  and
customer
acceptance;  (d) liquidity; (e) amount and quality  of  long-
term
debt;  (f)  trend  of earnings over a period of  ten  years;
(g)
financial strength of parent company and the relationships
which
exist  with  the issue; and (h) recognition by the
management  of
obligations  which may be present or may arise  as  a
result  of
public   interest  questions  and  preparations  to   meet
such
obligations.

      Short-term  obligations, including commercial paper,
rated
A-1+  by  IBCA Limited or its affiliate IBCA Inc. are
obligations
supported   by   the  highest  capacity  for  timely
repayment.
Obligations  rated  A-1 have a very strong  capacity  for
timely
repayment.  Obligations  rated A-2 have  a  strong  capacity
for
timely  repayment, although such capacity may be
susceptible  to
adverse changes in business, economic and financial
conditions.

      Thomson BankWatch employs the rating "TBW-1" as its
highest
category,  which  indicates that the degree of  safety
regarding
timely  repayment  of  principal and  interest  is  very
strong.
"TBW-2"  is its second highest rating category. While the
degree
of safety regarding timely repayment of principal and
interest is
strong,  the  relative degree of safety is not  as  high  as
for
issues rated "TBW-1".

      Fitch  Investors Services, Inc. employs the rating F-
1+  to
indicate  issues  regarded  as having  the  strongest
degree  of
assurance of timely payment. The rating F-1 reflects an
assurance
of  timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues
rated
F-1+,  while  the rating F-2 indicated a satisfactory
degree  of
assurance of timely payment although the margin of safety is
not
as great as indicated by the F-1+ and F-1 categories.

      Duff  & Phelps Inc. employs the designation of Duff 1
with
respect to top grade commercial paper and bank money
instruments.
Duff  1+  indicated  the  highest certainty  of  timely
payment:
short-term  liquidity is clearly outstanding and safety  is
just
below  risk-free U.S. Treasury short-term obligations.  Duff
1\-
indicates high certainty of timely payment. Duff 2 indicates
good
certainty  of  timely  payment:  liquidity  factors  and
company
fundamentals are sound.

      Various  NRSROs utilize rankings within ratings
categories
indicated  by  a + or \-. The Funds, in accordance with
industry
practice, recognize such ratings within categories as
gradations,
viewing  for  example S&P's rating of A-1+ and A-1  as
being  in
S&P's highest rating category.



                              A-7


                              Smith Barney
                              INCOME FUNDS





                                        Premium Total Return
Fund

                                        Convertible Fund

                                        High Income Fund

                                          Diversified
Strategic
Income Fund

                                        Tax-Exempt Income
Fund

                                        Utilities Fund

                                        Exchange Reserve
Fund



                                        Statement of
                                        Additional
Information
                                        November 28, 1995






Smith Barney
Income Funds
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013                     SMITH BARNEY

                   SMITH BARNEY INCOME FUNDS
                             PART C

Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

(a)  Financial Statements:

          Included in Part A:

               Financial Highlights

          Included in Part B:

                          The Registrant's Annual Reports
for the
               fiscal  year ended July 31, 1995 will be
filed  by
               amendment

          Included in Part C:

               Consent of Auditors to be filed by amendment

(b)  Exhibits

       All   references  are  to  the  Registrant's
registration
statement  on Form N-1A (the "Registration Statement")  as
filed
with  the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on
March
13, 1985 (File Nos. 2-96408 and 811-4254).

          (1)   Registrant's  First Amended and  Restated
Master
          Trust  Agreement dated November 5, 1993  and
Amendment
          No. 1 to the Master Trust Agreement dated July 30,
1993
          are   incorporated   by  reference  to   Post-
Effective
          Amendment No. 36.

               (2)  (a)  Registrant's By-Laws are
incorporated by
               reference to the Registration Statement.

     (3)  Not Applicable.

          (4)   Registrant's form of stock certificates for
Class
          A,  Class  B, Class C and Class Y shares of
beneficial
          interest in each of its sub-trusts are
incorporated  by
          reference  to Post-Effective Amendment No.  34  to
the
          Registration Statement.

               (5)    (a)    Transfer   of  Investment
Advisory
               Agreements between the Registrant and Smith
Barney
               Mutual  Funds  Management with  respect  to
Smith
               Barney  Diversified Strategic Income  Fund,
Smith
               Barney  Utilities  Fund, Smith Barney
Convertible
               Securities  Fund, Smith Barney High  Income
Fund,
               Smith  Barney  Tax-Exempt Income  Fund  and
Smith
               Barney  Exchange Reserve Fund are
incorporated  by
               reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 40.

                     (b)   Investment Advisory Agreement
between
               Registrant and Smith Barney Strategy Advisers
Inc.
               with  respect to Smith Barney Premium Total
Return
               Fund is filed herewith.
                     (c)  Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement
among
               the  Registrant,  Smith Barney Strategy
Advisers,
               Inc.  and  Boston  Partners Asset Management,
L.P
               with  respect to Smith Barney Premium Total
Return
               Fund is filed herewith.

                      (d)    Sub-Investment  Advisory
Agreement
               between  the  Registrant and Smith  Barney
Global
               Capital  Management  Inc. with  respect  to
Smith
               Barney   Diversified  Strategic  Income  Fund
is
               incorporated   by   reference  to   Post-
Effective
               Amendment No. 40.

               (6)    (a)   Distribution  Agreement  between
the
               Registrant  and Smith Barney Inc. is
incorporated
               by  reference to the Post-Effective Amendment
No.
               40.

          (7)  Not Applicable.

               (8)    (a)    Custodian  Agreement   between
the
               Registrant  and  PNC  Bank,  National
Association
               ("PNC Bank") is filed herewith.

               (9)   (a)   Administration Agreement  between
the
               Registrant and SBMFM is incorporated by
reference
               to Post-Effective Amendment No. 40.

                     (b)  Transfer Agency and Registrar
Agreement
               between   the   Registrant  and  The
Shareholder
               Services  Group, Inc. ("TSSG") is
incorporated  by
               reference  to Post-Effective Amendment No.
40  as
               filed on November 7, 1994.

          (10) Not Applicable.

          (11) Not Applicable.

          (12) Not Applicable.

          (13) Not Applicable.

          (14) Not Applicable.

               (15) (a)  Services and Distribution Plans
pursuant
               to  Rule 12b-1 between the Registrant on
behalf of
               Smith  Barney  Diversified Strategic Income
Fund,
               Smith   Barney   Utilities  Fund,   Smith
Barney
               Convertible  Securities Fund,  Smith  Barney
High
               Income  Fund,  Smith Barney Premium  Total
Return
               Fund,  Smith  Barney Tax-Exempt  Income  Fund
and
               Smith    Barney   Exchange   Reserve   Fund
are
               incorporated   by   reference  to   Post-
Effective
               Amendment No. 40.

          (16) Performance Data for Registrant is
incorporated by
          reference to Post-Effective Amendments No. 14,  15
and
          30 to the Registration Statement filed on
September 30,
          1988,   December  30,  1988  and  January   29,
1992,
          respectively.

          (17) Not Applicable.
          (18) Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 is filed
herewith.

Item 25   Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with
          Registrant

          None.

Item 26   Number of Holders of Securities

          (2)                 (1)

                              Number of Record Holders by
Class
Title of Class                     as of August 31, 1995

Beneficial Interest par value
$.001  per share          Class A   Class B   Class C
Class  Y
Class Z

Tax-Exempt Income          8,707    19,336        17
0
N/A

Convertible   Securities            4,174       4,593
16
0            N/A

High    Income                  23,375       28,623
323
1             6

Premium Total Return           40,042   117,576     1,075
0
N/A

Utilities             23,465    121,334         302
0
N/A

Diversified   Strategic            14,913     116,852
948
0            N/A

Exchange  Reserve           N/A            8,471
165
N/A          N/A

Item 27   Indemnification

The  response  to  this  item  is incorporated  by
reference  to
Registrant's  Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the
Registration
Statement.

Item 28(a)      Business  and  Other  Connections  of
Investment
          Adviser

Investment Adviser - - Smith Barney Mutual Funds Management
Inc.
("SBMFM")

SBMFM,  formerly known as Smith, Barney Advisers, Inc. SBMFM
was
incorporated  in  December 1968 under the laws of  the
State  of
Delaware.  SBMFM  is a wholly owned subsidiary  of  Smith
Barney
Holdings  Inc.  ("Holdings")  (formerly  known  as  Smith
Barney
Shearson  Holdings  Inc.),  which  in  turn  is  a  wholly
owned
subsidiary  of Travelers Group Inc. (formerly known as
Primerica
Corporation) ("Travelers"). SBMFM is registered as an
investment
adviser  under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the
"Advisers
Act").
The  list  required by this Item 28 of officers and
directors  of
SBMFM  together  with  information  as  to  any  other
business,
profession,  vocation  or  employment  of  a  substantial
nature
engaged  in  by such officers and directors during the  past
two
fiscal years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A
and  D
of FORM ADV filed by SBMFM pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC
File
No. 801-14437).

Prior  to  the  close of business on November 7, 1994,
Greenwich
Street  Advisors  served as investment adviser. Greenwich
Street
Advisors,  through its predecessors, has been in  the
investment
counseling  business  since 1934 and  is  a  division  of
Mutual
Management Corp. ("MMC"). MMC was incorporated in 1978 and
is  a
wholly  owned subsidiary of Holdings, which is in turn  a
wholly
owned subsidiary of Travelers. The list required by this
Item  28
of  officers and directors of MMC and Greenwich Street
Advisors,
together  with information as to any other business,
profession,
vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by
such
officers  and  directors during the past  two  fiscal
years,  is
incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of FORM ADV
filed
by  MMC  on behalf of Greenwich Street Advisors pursuant  to
the
Advisers Act (SEC File No. 801-14437).

Prior  to the close of business on July 30, 1993 (the
"Closing"),
Shearson Lehman Advisors, a member of the Asset Management
Group
of  Shearson  Lehman Brothers Inc. ("Shearson Lehman
Brothers"),
served  as  the Registrant's investment adviser. On the
Closing,
Travelers  and Smith Barney Inc. (formerly known as Smith
Barney
Shearson  Inc.) acquired the domestic retail brokerage and
asset
management  business of Shearson Lehman Brothers, which
included
the  business  of  the  Registrant's  prior  investment
adviser.
Shearson  Lehman  Brothers  was  a  wholly  owned
subsidiary  of
Shearson Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. ("Shearson
Holdings"). All
of  the  issued and outstanding common stock of Shearson
Holdings
(representing  92%  of  the voting stock) was  held  by
American
Express Company. Information as to any past business
vocation  or
employment  of  a substantial nature engaged in by  officers
and
directors of Shearson Lehman Advisors can be located in
Schedules
A  and  D of FORM ADV filed by Shearson Lehman Brothers on
behalf
of  Shearson Lehman Advisors prior to July 30, 1993.   (SEC
FILE
NO. 801-3701)

Item  28(a)      Business  and  Other Connections  of
Investment
Adviser

Investment   Adviser  -  Smith  Barney  Strategy  Advisers
Inc.
("Strategy Advisers")

Strategy Advisers was incorporated on October 22, 1986 under
the
laws of the State of Delaware. On June 1, 1994, Strategy
Advisers
changed its name from Smith Barney Strategy Advisers Inc. to
its
current  name. Strategy Advisers is a wholly owned
subsidiary  of
Smith  Barney Mutual Funds Mutual Funds Management Inc.
(formerly
known  as  Smith,  Barney Advisers, Inc.)  ("SBMFM"),  which
was
incorporated  under the laws of the State of  Delaware  in
1968.
SBMFM is a wholly owned subsidiary of Smith Barney Holdings
Inc.
(formerly known as Smith Barney Shearson Holdings Inc.),
which in
turn  is  a  wholly  owned subsidiary of  Travelers  Group,
Inc.
(formerly known as Primerica Corporation) ("Travelers").
Strategy
Advisers  is  registered  as  an  investment  adviser  under
the
Investment  Advisers Act of 1940 (the "Advisers  Act").
Strategy
Advisers  is  also registered with the Commodity Futures
Trading
Commission  (the "CFTC") as a commodity pool operator  under
the
Commodity  Exchange  Act (the "CEA"), and  is  a  member  of
the
National Futures Association (the "NFA").

The  list  required by this Item 28 of officers and
directors  of
SBMFM and Strategy Advisers, together with information as to
any
other   business,  profession,  vocation  or  employment
of   a
substantial  nature  engaged in by such  officers  and
directors
during  the  past  two  years,  in incorporated  b
reference  to
Schedules  A  and  D  of FORM ADV filed by  SBMFM  on
behalf  of
Strategy Advisers pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File No.
801-
8314).

Prior  to the Close of business on July 30, 1993 (the
"Closing"),
Shearson  Lehman  Investment Strategy  Advisors  Inc.
("Shearson
Lehman  Strategy  Advisors"), was a wholly  owned
subsidiary  of
Shearson  Lehman Brothers Inc. ("Shearson Lehman Brothers"),
and
served  as  the Registrant's investment adviser. On the
Closing,
Travelers  and Smith Barney Inc. (formerly known as Smith
Barney
Shearson  Inc.) acquired the domestic retail brokerage and
asset
management  business of Shearson Lehman Brothers  which
included
the  business  of  the  Registrant's  prior  investment
adviser.
Shearson  Lehman  Brothers  was  a  wholly  owned
subsidiary  of
Shearson Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. ("Shearson
Holdings"). All
of  the  issued and outstanding common stock of Shearson
Holdings
(representing  92%  of  the voting stock) was  held  by
American
Express Company. Information as to any past business
vocation  or
employment  of  a substantial nature engaged in by  officers
and
directors of Shearson Lehman Investment Strategy Advisors
can  be
located in Schedules A and D of FORM ADV filed by Shearson
Lehman
Investment Strategy Advisors prior to July 30, 1993 (SEC
File No.
801-28715).

Item  28(b)      Business and Other Connections of Sub-
Investment
Adviser

Sub-Investment  Adviser - Boston Partners Asset Management,
L.P.
("Boston Partners")

Boston  Partners was organized in April, 1995 under the
laws  of
the  State  of Delaware as a Limited Partnership and
provides  a
comprehensive  range  of  financial  products  and  services
in
domestic  and selected international markets. Boston
Partners  is
an  investment  adviser registered under the Investment
Advisers
Act  of  1940 (the "Advisers Act") and provides investment
advice
to  endowment plans, Taft Hartley Health and Welfare Plans,
VEBAS
and  institutional clients. It also serves as investment
adviser
and sub-investment adviser to other investment companies.

The  list  required by this Item 28 of officers and
directors  of
Boston  Partners,  together  with information  as  to  any
other
business  profession,  vocation or employment  of  a
substantial
nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the
past
two  years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and
D  of
FORM  ADV  filed by Boston Partners pursuant to the Advisers
Act
(SEC File No. 801-49059).

Item 28(b)      Business  and Other Connections of Sub-
Investment
          Adviser

Sub-Investment  Adviser - Smith Barney Global Capital
Management
Inc. ("SBGCM")

SBGCM was incorporated on January 22, 1988 under the laws of
the
State  of  Delaware. SBGCM is an indirect wholly owned
subsidiary
of  Smith  Barney Holdings Inc. (formerly known as  Smith
Barney
Shearson  Holdings  Inc.),  which  in  turn  is  a  wholly
owned
subsidiary of Travelers Group, Inc. (formerly known as
Primerica
Corporation)  ("Travelers").  SBGCM  is  an  investment
adviser
registered  with  the Securities and Exchange Commission  in
the
United  States  and  with  the Investment  Management
Regulatory
Organization  Limited in the United Kingdom. SBGCM  conducts
its
operations primarily in the United Kingdom.
The  list  required by this Item 28 of officers and
directors  of
SBGCM,  together  with  information as  to  any  other
business,
profession,  vocation  or  employment  of  a  substantial
nature
engaged  in  by such officers and directors during the  past
two
years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of
FORM
ADV filed by SBGCM pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File
No. 801-
31824).

Item 29.     Principal Underwriters

Smith  Barney Inc. ("Smith Barney") currently acts as
distributor
for  Smith Barney Managed Municipals Fund Inc., Smith Barney
New
York  Municipals  Fund  Inc., Smith Barney California
Municipals
Fund  Inc.,  Smith  Barney Massachusetts Municipals  Fund,
Smith
Barney  Aggressive  Growth Fund Inc., Smith  Barney
Appreciation
Fund  Inc.,  Smith  Barney  Principal Return Fund,  Smith
Barney
Managed  Governments Fund Inc., Smith Barney Income Funds,
Smith
Barney  Equity Funds, Smith Barney Investment Funds  Inc.,
Smith
Barney  Precious  Metals  and Minerals Fund  Inc.,  Smith
Barney
Telecommunications  Trust, Smith Barney Arizona  Municipals
Fund
Inc., Smith Barney New Jersey Municipals Fund Inc., The USA
High
Yield Fund N.V., Garzarelli Sector Analysis Portfolio N.V.,
Smith
Barney  Fundamental  Value Fund Inc., Smith Barney  Series
Fund,
Consulting  Group  Capital  Markets Funds,  Smith  Barney
Income
Trust, Smith Barney Adjustable Rate Government Income Fund,
Smith
Barney  Florida  Municipals Fund, Smith Barney Oregon
Municipals
Fund,  Smith  Barney Funds, Inc., Smith Barney Muni Funds,
Smith
Barney  World Funds, Inc., Smith Barney Money Funds, Inc.,
Smith
Barney  Tax Free Money Fund, Inc., Smith Barney Variable
Account
Funds,  Smith Barney U.S. Dollar Reserve Fund (Cayman),
Worldwide
Special  Fund,  N.V.,  Worldwide Securities  Limited,
(Bermuda),
Smith  Barney International Fund (Luxembourg) and various
series
of unit investment trusts.

Smith  Barney  is  a  wholly  owned subsidiary  of  Smith
Barney
Holdings  Inc.  (formerly known as Smith Barney  Holdings
Inc.),
which  in  turn  is a wholly owned subsidiary of Travelers
Group
Inc. (formerly known as Primerica Corporation)
("Travelers").  On
June  1,  1994, Smith Barney changed its name from  Smith
Barney
Shearson  Inc. to its current name. The information
required  by
this  Item 29 with respect to each director, officer and
partner
of  Smith  Barney is incorporated by reference to Schedule
A  of
FORM BD filed by Smith Barney pursuant to the Securities
Exchange
Act of 1934 (SEC File No. 812-8510).

Item 30   Location of Accounts and Records

          (1)  Smith Barney Inc.
               388 Greenwich Street
               New York, New York  10013

          (2)  Smith Barney Income Funds
               388 Greenwich Street
               New York, New York  10013

          (3)  Smith Barney Mutual Funds Management Inc.
               388 Greenwich Street
               New York, New York  10013
          (4)  Boston Partners Asset Management, L.P.
               One Financial Center
               43rd floor
               Boston, Massachusetts  02111

          (5)  Smith Barney Global Capital Management Inc.
               10 Piccadilly
               London W1V 9LA
               England

          (6)  PNC Bank, National Association
               17th and Chestnut Streets
               Philadelphia, PA  19103

          (7)  The Shareholder Services Group, Inc.
               One Exchange Place
               Boston, Massachusetts  02109

Item 31   Management Services

          Not Applicable.

Item 32   Undertakings

          (a)  The Registrant hereby undertakes to call a
meeting
          of  its shareholders for the purpose of voting
upon the
          question  of  removal  of  a  trustee  or
trustees  of
          Registrant when requested in to do so by the
holders of
          at   least  10%  of  Registrant's  outstanding
shares.
          Registrant undertakes further, in connection  with
the
          meeting, to comply with the provisions of Section
16(c)
          of  the  1940 Act relating to communications  with
the
          shareholders of certain common-law trusts.
                           SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of
1933,
as  amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended,
the  Registrant, SMITH BARNEY INCOME FUNDS, has duly caused
this
Amendment  to  the  Registration Statement to be  signed  on
its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in
the
City of New York, State of New York on the 28th day of
September,
1995.

                   SMITH BARNEY INCOME FUNDS

                                  By: /s/ Heath B. McLendon*
                                   Heath B. McLendon,
Chairman of
the Board

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of
1933,
as  amended,  this  Post-Effective Amendment to the
Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons  in
the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature                Title                    Date


/s/ Heath B. McLendon*        Chairman of the Board
9/28/95
Heath B. McLendon             (Chief Executive Officer)


/s/  Lewis  E.  Daidone*              Senior Vice  President
and
9/28/95
Lewis E. Daidone              Treasurer (Chief Financial
                         and Accounting Officer)


/s/ Lee Abraham*              Trustee             9/28/95
Lee Abraham


/s/ Antoinette C. Bentley*         Trustee
9/28/95
Antoinette C. Bentley


/s/ Allan J. Bloostein*            Trustee
9/28/95
Allan J. Bloostein


/s/ Madelon Devoe-Talley*          Trustee
9/28/95
Madelon Devoe-Talley


/s/ Richard E. Hanson*        Trustee             9/28/95
Richard E. Hanson

*   Signed   by   Lee.  D.  Augsburger,  their  duly
authorized
attorney-in-fact, pursuant to power of attorney  dated
September
8, 1994.


/s/ Lee D. Augsburger
Lee D. Augsburger



                         EXHIBITS


     Exhibit No.         Description of Exhibits

                    5(b)           Form of Investment
Advisory
                    Agreement among the Registrant
                    and Smith Barney Strategy Advisers
                    Inc. with respect to Smith Barney
                    Premium Total Return Fund.

     5(c)           Form of Sub-Investment Advisory
                    Agreement among the Registrant,
                    Smith Barney Strategy Advisers
                    Inc. and Boston Partners Asset
                    Management, L.P. with respect
                    to Smith Barney Premium Total
                    Return Fund.

     8(a)           Form of Custodial Agreement between
                    the Registrant and each of Smith
                    Barney Premium Total Return Fund,
                    Smith Barney Convertible Securities
                    Fund, Smith Barney Diversified
                    Strategic Income Fund, Smith Barney
                    High Income Fund, Smith Barney Tax-
                    Exempt Income Fund, Smith Barney
                    Utilities Fund and Smith Barney
                    Exchange Reserve Fund.

                    18             Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-
3

                    Cover Letter to SEC




Rule 18f-3 (d) Multiple Class Plan
for Smith Barney Mutual Funds


Introduction

This plan (the "Plan") is adopted pursuant to Rule 18f-3 (d)
of
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940
Act").
The purpose of the Plan is to restate the existing
arrangements
previously approved by the Boards of Directors and Trustees
of
certain of the open-end investment companies set forth on
Schedule A (the "Funds" and each a "Fund") distributed by
Smith
Barney Inc. ("Smith Barney") under the Funds' existing order
of
exemption (Investment Company Act Release Nos. 20042
(January 28,
1994) (notice) and 20090 (February 23, 1994)).  Shares of
the
Funds are distributed pursuant to a system (the "Multiple
Class
System") in which each class of shares (a "Class") of a Fund
represents a pro rata interest in the same portfolio of
investments of the Fund and differs only to the extent
outlined
below.

I.  Distribution Arrangements and Service Fees

One or more Classes of shares of the Funds are offered for
purchase by investors with the following sales load
structure.
In addition, pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the
"Rule"), the Funds have each adopted a plan (the "Services
and
Distribution Plan") under which shares of the Classes are
subject
to the services and distribution fees described below.

     1.  Class A Shares

Class A shares are offered with a front-end sales load and
under
the Services and Distribution Plan are subject to a service
fee
of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets.  In addition,
the
Funds are permitted to asses a contingent deferred sales
charge
("CDSC") on certain redemptions of Class A shares sold
pursuant
to a complete waiver of front-end sales loads applicable to
large
purchases, if the shares are redeemed within one year of the
date
of purchase.  This waiver applies to sales of Class A shares
where the amount of purchase is equal to or exceeds $500,000
although this amount may be changed in the future.

     2.  Class B Shares

Class B shares are offered without a front-end sales load,
but
are subject to a five-year declining CDSC and under the
Services
and Distribution Plan are subject to a service fee at an
annual
rate of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets and a
distribution fee at an annual rate of up to 0.75% of average
daily net assets.

     3.  Class C Shares

Class C shares are offered without a front-end load, but are
subject to a one-year CDSC and under the Services and
Distribution Plan are subject to a service fee at an annual
rate
of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets and a
distribution fee
at an annual rate of up to 0.75% of average daily net
assets.
Unlike Class B shares, Class C shares do not have the
conversion
feature as discussed below and accordingly, these shares are
subject to a distribution fee for an indefinite period of
time.
The Funds reserve the right to impose these fees at such
higher
rates as may be determined.

     4.  Class Y Shares

Class Y shares are offered without impositions of either a
sales
charge or a service or distribution fee for investments
where the
amount of purchase is equal to or exceeds $5 million.

     5.  Class Z Shares

Class Z shares are offered without imposition of either a
sales
charge or a service or distribution fee for purchase (i) by
employee benefit and retirement plans of Smith Barney and
its
affiliates, (ii) by certain unit investment trusts sponsored
by
Smith Barney and its affiliates, and (iii) although not
currently
authorized by the governing boards of the Funds, when and if
authorized, (x) by employees of Smith Barney and its
affiliates
and (y) by directors, general partners or trustees of any
investment company for which Smith Barney serves as a
distributor
and, for each of (x) and (y), their spouses and minor
children.

     6.  Additional Classes of Shares

The Boards of Directors and Trustees of the Funds have the
authority to create additional classes, or change existing
Classes, from time to time, in accordance with Rule 18f-3 of
the
1940 Act.

II.  Expense Allocations

Under the Multiple Class System, all expenses incurred by a
Fund
are allocated among the various Classes of shares based on
the
net assets of the Fund attributable to each Class, except
that
each Class's net assets value and expenses reflect the
expenses
associated with that Class under the Fund's Services and
Distribution Plan, including any costs associated with
obtaining
shareholder approval of the Services and Distribution Plan
(or an
amendment thereto) and any expenses specific to that Class.
Such
expenses are limited to the following:

     (I)  transfer agency fees as identified by the transfer
agent as being attributable to a specific Class;
       (ii)  printing and postage expenses related to
preparing and
distributing materials such as shareholder reports,
prospectuses and proxies to current shareholders;

    (iii)  Blue Sky registration fees incurred by a Class
of
shares;

    (iv)  Securities and Exchange Commission registration
fees
incurred by a Class of shares;

      (v)  the expense of administrative personnel and
services as
required to support the shareholders of a specific Class;

      (vi)  litigation or other legal expenses relating
solely to
one Class of shares; and

    (vii)  fees of members of the governing boards of the
funds
incurred as a result of issues relating to one Class of
shares.

Pursuant to the Multiple Class System, expenses of a Fund
allocated to a particular Class of shares of that Fund are
borne
on a pro rata basis by each outstanding share of that Class.

III.  Conversion Rights of Class B Shares
All Class B shares of each Fund will automatically convert
to
Class A shares after a certain holding period, expected to
be, in
most cases, approximately eight years but may be shorter.
Upon
the expiration of the holding period, Class B shares (except
those purchases through the reinvestment of dividends and
other
distributions paid in respect of Class B shares) will
automatically convert to Class A shares of the Fund at the
relative net asset value of each of the Classes, and will,
as a
result, thereafter be subject to the lower fee under the
Services
and Distribution Plan.  For purposes of calculating the
holding
period required for conversion, newly created Class B shares
issued after the date of implementation of the Multiple
Class
System are deemed to have been issued on (i) the date on
which
the issuance of the Class B shares occurred or (ii) for
Class B
shares obtained through an exchange, or a series of
exchanges,
the date on which the issuance of the original Class B
shares
occurred.

Shares purchased through the reinvestment of dividends and
other
distributions paid in respect of Class B shares are also
Class B
shares.  However, for purposes of conversion to Class A, all
Class B shares in a shareholder's Fund account that were
purchased through the reinvestment of dividends and other
distributions paid in respect of Class B shares (and that
have
not converted to Class A shares as provided in the following
sentence) are considered to be held in a separate sub
account.
Each time any Class B shares in the shareholder's Fund
account
(other than those in the sub-account referred to in the
preceding
sentence) convert to Class A, a pro rata portion of the
Class B
shares then in the sub-account also converts to Class A. The
portion is determined by the ratio that the shareholder's
Class B
shares converting to Class A bears to the shareholder's
total
Class B shares not acquired through dividends and
distributions.

The conversion of Class B shares to Class A shares is
subject to
the continuing availability of a ruling of the Internal
Revenue
Service that payment of different dividends on Class A and
Class
B shares does not result in the Fund's dividends or
distributions
constituting "preferential dividends" under the Internal
Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and the continuing
availability of an opinion of counsel to the effect that the
conversion of shares does not constitute a taxable event
under
the Code.  The conversion of Class B shares to Class A
shares may
be suspended if this opinion is no longer available,  In the
event that conversion of Class B shares of not occur, Class
B
shares would continue to be subject to the distribution fee
and
any incrementally higher transfer agency costs attending the
Class B shares for an indefinite period.

IV.  Exchange Privileges

Shareholders of a Fund may exchange their shares at net
asset
value for shares of the same Class in certain other of the
Smith
Barney Mutual Funds as set forth in the prospectus for such
Fund.
Class A shareholders who wish to exchange all or part of
their
shares for Class A shares of a Fund sold subject to a sales
charge equal to or lower that that assessed with respect to
the
shares of the Fund being exchanged may do so without paying
a
sales charge.  Class A shareholders of a Fund who wish to
exchange all or part of their shares for Class A shares of a
Fund
sold subject to a sales charge higher than that assessed
with
respect to the shares of the Fund being exchanged are
charged the
appropriate "sales charge differential."  Funds only permit
exchanges into shares of money market funds having a plan
under
the Rule if, as permitted by paragraph (b) (5) of Rule 11a-3
under the 1940 Act, either (i) the time period during which
the
shares of the money market funds are held is included in the
calculations of the CDSC or (ii) the time period is not
included
but the amount of the CDSC is reduced by the amount of any
payments made under a plan adopted pursuant to the Rule by
the
money market funds with respects to those shares. Currently,
the
Funds include the time period during which shares of the
money
market fund are held in the CDSC period.  The exchange
privileges
applicable to all Classes of shares must comply with Rule
11a-3
under the 1940 Act.









Smith Barney Sponsored Investment Companies
Operating under Rule 18f-3 - Schedule A
(as of August 25, 1995)


Smith Barney Adjustable Rate Government Income
Fund Smith Barney Aggressive Growth Fund Inc.
Smith Barney Appreciation Fund Inc. Smith
Barney Arizona Municipals Fund Inc.
Smith Barney California Municipals Fund Smith
Barney Equity Funds -
     Smith Barney Strategic Investors Fund
     Smith Barney Growth and Income Fund
Smith Barney Florida Municipals Fund Smith
Barney Fundamental Value Fund Inc. Smith
Barney Funds, Inc. -
    Income and Growth Portfolio Utilities
     Portfolio
   Income Return Account Portfolio Monthly
     Payment Government Portfolio
Short-Term U.S. Treasury Securities
Portfolio U.S. Government Securities
Portfolio
Smith Barney Income Funds  -
   Smith Barney Premium Total Return Fund
     Smith Barney Convertible Fund
     Smith Barney Diversified Strategic
     Income Fund Smith Barney High Income
     Fund Smith Barney Tax-Exempt Income
     Fund Smith Barney Exchange Reserve Fund
     Smith Barney Utilities Fund
Smith Barney Income Trust -
     Smith Barney Limited Maturity Municipals
     Fund Smith Barney Limited Maturity
     Treasury Fund Smith Barney Intermediate
     Maturity
                       California Municipals
                       Fund
      Smith Barney Intermediate Maturity
                       New York Municipals
Fund Smith Barney Investment Funds Inc. -
      Smith Barney Special Equities Fund
     Smith Barney Government Securities Fund
     Smith Barney Investment Grade Bond Fund
     Smith Barney Growth Opportunity Fund Smith
     Barney Managed Growth Fund
Smith Barney Institutional Cash Management Fund
Inc. Smith Barney Managed Governments Fund Inc.
Smith Barney Managed Municipals Fund Inc.
Smith Barney Massachusetts Municipals Fund
Smith Barney Money Funds, Inc. -
     Cash Portfolio
     Government Portfolio
     Retirement Portfolio
Smith Barney Municipal Money Market Fund,
Inc.



Smith Barney Muni Funds -
     California Portfolio
     California Limited Portfolio California
     Money Market Portfolio Florida
     Portfolio
     Florida Limited Portfolio
     Georgia Portfolio
     Limited Term Portfolio
     National Portfolio
     New Jersey Portfolio
     New York Portfolio
       New York Money Market Portfolio
     Ohio Portfolio
     Pennsylvania Portfolio
Smith Barney New Jersey Municipals Fund Inc.
Smith Barney New York Municipals Fund Inc.
Smith Barney Oregon Municipals Fund
Smith Barney Precious Metals and Minerals
Fund
Inc. Smith Barney Telecommunications Trust
   Smith Barney Telecommunications Growth
   Fund
     Smith Barney Telecommunications Income
Fund Smith Barney World Funds, Inc.
     International Equity Portfolio
     International Balanced Portfolio
     European Portfolio
     Pacific Portfolio
      Global Government Bond Portfolio



                      



                      



                      



                      



                      



                      



u:\legal\data\18f3plan.txt    08/25/95 1:55
PM








































































































                 CUSTODIAN SERVICES AGREEMENT



      This  Agreement is made as of                    ,
1995  by

and  between SMITH BARNEY INCOME FUNDS, a Massachusetts
business

trust (the "Fund") and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national

banking association ("PNC Bank").

      The  Fund  is registered as an open-end investment
company

under  the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
"1940

Act").  The  Fund wishes to retain PNC Bank to provide
custodian

services  and  PNC  Bank wishes to furnish such services,
either

directly  or  through an affiliate or affiliates, as  more
fully

described  herein.  In consideration of the premises  and
mutual

covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

     1.  Definitions.

           (a)     "Authorized  Person".   The  term
"Authorized

Person"  shall mean any officer of the Fund and any other
person,

who  is  duly authorized by the Fund's Governing Board,  to
give

Oral  and  Written  Instructions on behalf  of  the  Fund.
Such

persons  are  listed in the Certificate attached  hereto  as
the

Authorized  Persons Appendix, as such Appendix may be
amended  in

writing by the Fund's Governing Board from time to time.

          (b)  "Book-Entry System".  The term "Book-Entry
System"

means  Federal  Reserve  Treasury book-entry  system  for
United

States   and   federal  agency  securities,  its   successor
or

successors, and its nominee or nominees and any book-entry
system

maintained by an exchange registered with the SEC under the
1934

Act.

            (c)    "CFTC".   The  term  "CFTC"  shall  mean
the

Commodities Futures Trading Commission.

           (d)   "Governing  Board".  The term "Governing
Board"

shall  mean  the  Fund's Board of Directors  if  the  Fund
is  a

corporation  or the Fund's Board of Trustees if  the  Fund
is  a

trust, or, where duly authorized, a competent committee
thereof.

          (e)  "Oral Instructions".  The term "Oral
Instructions"

shall  mean  oral  instructions received  by  PNC  Bank
from  an

Authorized  Person or from a person reasonably  believed  by
PNC

Bank to be an Authorized Person.

           (f)   "SEC".  The term "SEC" shall mean the
Securities

and Exchange Commission.

           (g)   "Securities  and Commodities  Laws".   The
term

"Securities and Commodities Laws" shall mean the "1933 Act"
which

shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, the "1934 Act" which
shall

mean  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the 1940 Act, and
the

"CEA" which shall mean the Commodities Exchange Act, as
amended.

          (h)  "Shares".  The term "Shares" shall mean the
shares

of  stock  of  any  series  or  class  of  the  Fund,  or,
where

appropriate,  units of beneficial interest in a trust  where
the

Fund is organized as a Trust.

          (i)  "Property".  The term "Property" shall mean:

                               (i)   any  and all securities
and

                    other  investment items which  the  Fund
may

                    from  time  to time deposit, or cause
to  be

                    deposited,  with PNC Bank or which  PNC
Bank

                    may from time to time hold for the Fund;

                         (ii)   all income in respect of
any  of

               such securities or other investment items;

                        (iii)  all proceeds of the sale of
any of

               such securities or investment items; and

                          (iv)   all  proceeds  of  the
sale  of

               securities issued  by the Fund, which are
received

               by  PNC  Bank from time to time, from or on
behalf

               of the Fund.

            (j)    "Written  Instructions".   The  term
"Written

Instructions"  shall  mean  written instructions  signed  by
one

Authorized Person and received by PNC Bank.  The
instructions may

be  delivered  by  hand, mail, tested telegram, cable,
telex  or

facsimile sending device.

      2.   Appointment.   The Fund hereby appoints  PNC
Bank  to

provide custodian services to the Fund, and PNC Bank accepts
such

appointment and agrees to furnish such services.

      3.  Delivery of Documents.  The Fund has provided or,
where

applicable, will provide PNC Bank with the following:

            (a)    certified  or  authenticated  copies  of
the

resolutions   of  the  Fund's  Governing  Board,  approving
the

appointment of PNC Bank or its affiliates to provide
services;

           (b)   a  copy  of  the  Fund's most  recent
effective

registration statement;

           (c)   a  copy  of  the  Fund's advisory
agreement  or

agreements;

           (d)   a  copy of the Fund's distribution
agreement  or

agreements;

           (e)  a copy of the Fund's administration
agreements if

PNC Bank is not providing the Fund with such services;

           (f)   copies  of any shareholder servicing
agreements

made in respect of the Fund; and

           (g)  certified or authenticated copies of any and
all

amendments or supplements to the foregoing.

      4.   Compliance  with  Government  Rules  and
Regulations.

PNC Bank undertakes to comply with all applicable
requirements of

the  Securities  and  Commodities Laws and any  laws,  rules
and

regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction
with

respect  to  all  duties to be performed by PNC  Bank
hereunder.

Except  as  specifically set forth herein, PNC  Bank
assumes  no

responsibility for such compliance by the Fund.

       5.   Instructions.   Unless  otherwise  provided  in
this

Agreement,  PNC  Bank  shall  act  only  upon  Oral  and
Written

Instructions.  PNC Bank shall be entitled to rely upon  any
Oral

and  Written  Instructions it receives from an Authorized
Person

(or  from  a  person reasonably believed by PNC  Bank  to
be  an

Authorized  Person)  pursuant to this Agreement.   PNC  Bank
may

assume  that any Oral or Written Instructions received
hereunder

are   not  in  any  way  inconsistent  with  the  provisions
of

organizational  documents  or this  Agreement  or  of  any
vote,

resolution or proceeding of the Fund's Governing Board or of
the

Fund's shareholders.

      The Fund agrees to forward to PNC Bank Written
Instructions

confirming  Oral  Instructions so  that  PNC  Bank  receives
the

Written  Instructions by the close of business on  the  same
day

that  such  Oral Instructions are received.  The fact  that
such

confirming  Written  Instructions are not received  by  PNC
Bank

shall in no way invalidate the transactions or
enforceability  of

the transactions authorized by the Oral Instructions.

      The  Fund  further  agrees that PNC  Bank  shall
incur  no

liability to the Fund in acting upon Oral or Written
Instructions

provided  such  instructions  reasonably  appear  to  have
been

received from an Authorized Person.

     6.  Right to Receive Advice.

          (a)  Advice of the Fund.  If PNC Bank is in doubt
as to

any  action  it should or should not take, PNC Bank  may
request

directions  or  advice,  including Oral or Written
Instructions,

from the Fund.

           (b)  Advice of Counsel.  If PNC Bank shall be in
doubt

as  to any questions of law pertaining to any action it
should or

should not take, PNC Bank may request advice at its own cost
from

such  counsel  of  its own choosing (who may be counsel  for
the

Fund, the Fund's advisor or PNC Bank, at the option of PNC
Bank).

           (c)   Conflicting Advice.  In the event of a
conflict

between  directions, advice or Oral or Written  Instructions
PNC

Bank  receives  from the Fund, and the advice  it  receives
from

counsel,  PNC Bank shall be entitled to rely upon and follow
the

advice of counsel.

           (d)   Protection  of  PNC Bank.   PNC  Bank
shall  be

protected  in  any action it takes or does not take  in
reliance

upon  directions,  advice  or  Oral or  Written
Instructions  it

receives  from  the  Fund  or from counsel  and  which  PNC
Bank

believes,  in good faith, to be consistent with those
directions,

advice or Oral or Written Instructions.

      Nothing  in  this paragraph shall be construed   so
as  to

impose  an  obligation upon PNC Bank (i) to seek such
directions,

advice  or  Oral  or  Written Instructions, or  (ii)  to
act  in

accordance  with  such  directions, advice  or  Oral  or
Written

Instructions unless, under the terms of other provisions of
this

Agreement, the same is a condition of PNC Bank's properly
taking

or not taking such action.

      7.   Records.  The books and records pertaining to the
Fund

which are in the possession of PNC Bank, shall be the
property of

the   Fund.   Such  books  and  records  shall  be  prepared
and

maintained  as  required  by the 1940 Act  and  other
applicable

securities laws, rules and regulations.  The Fund, or the
Fund's

Authorized  Persons, shall have access to such books and
records

at  all  time during PNC Bank's normal business hours.  Upon
the

reasonable  request  of the Fund, copies of any  such  books
and

records  shall  be  provided by PNC Bank to the  Fund  or
to  an

Authorized Person of the Fund, at the Fund's expense.

      8.   Confidentiality.  PNC Bank agrees to keep
confidential

all  records of the Fund and information relative to the
Fund and

its  shareholders  (past,  present  and  potential),  unless
the

release of such records or information is otherwise
consented to,

in writing, by the Fund.  The Fund agrees that such consent
shall

not  be  unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where
PNC

Bank may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt
proceedings  or

when  required to divulge.  The Fund further agrees that,
should

PNC  Bank  be required to provide such information or
records  to

duly constituted authorities (who may institute civil or
criminal

contempt  proceedings for failure to comply), PNC Bank shall
not

be  required to seek the Fund's consent prior to disclosing
such

information.

      9.  Cooperation with Accountants.  PNC Bank shall
cooperate

with the Fund's independent public accountants and shall
take all

reasonable  action  in the performance of its  obligations
under

this  Agreement to ensure that the necessary information is
made

available  to  such  accountants  for  the  expression  of
their

opinion, as required by the Fund.

     10.  Disaster Recovery.  PNC Bank shall enter into and
shall

maintain  in  effect  with  appropriate  parties  one   or
more

agreements  making  reasonable provision  for  emergency
use  of

electronic  data  processing equipment to the extent
appropriate

equipment is available.  In the event of equipment failures,
PNC

Bank shall, at no additional expense to the Fund, take
reasonable

steps  to  minimize  service  interruptions  but  shall
have  no

liability with respect thereto.

      11.   Compensation.  As compensation for  custody
services

rendered by PNC Bank during the term of this Agreement, the
Fund

will pay to PNC Bank a fee or fees as may be agreed to in
writing

from time to time by the Fund and PNC Bank.

     12.  Indemnification.  The Fund agrees to indemnify and
hold

harmless  PNC  Bank  and its nominees from  all  taxes,
charges,

expenses, assessment, claims and liabilities (including,
without

limitation,   liabilities  arising  under  the   Securities
and

Commodities  Laws and any state and foreign securities  and
blue

sky   laws,  and  amendments  thereto,  and  expenses,
including

(without  limitation) attorneys' fees and disbursements,
arising

directly  or indirectly from any action which PNC Bank
takes  or

does  not  take (i) at the request or on the direction of
or  in

reliance  on the advice of the Fund or (ii) upon Oral or
Written

Instructions.   Neither PNC Bank, nor any of its nominees,
shall

be  indemnified  against any liability to  the  Fund  or  to
its

shareholders (or any expenses incident to such liability)
arising

out  of PNC Bank's own willful misfeasance, bad faith,
negligence

or  reckless disregard of its duties and obligations  under
this

Agreement.

     13.  Responsibility of PNC Bank.  PNC Bank shall be
under no

duty  to  take  any  action  on behalf  of  the  Fund
except  as

specifically set forth herein or as may be specifically
agreed to

by PNC Bank, in writing.  PNC Bank shall be obligated to
exercise

care and diligence in the performance of its duties
hereunder, to

act  in  good faith and to use its best effort, within
reasonable

limits, in performing services provided for under this
Agreement.

PNC  Bank  shall be responsible for its own negligent
failure  to

perform  its  duties  under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding
the

foregoing,  PNC Bank shall not be responsible for  losses
beyond

its  control, provided that PNC Bank has acted in accordance
with

the  standard of care set forth above; and provided further
that

PNC Bank shall only be responsible for that portion of
losses  or

damages  suffered  by  the  Fund that  are  attributable  to
the

negligence of PNC Bank.

      Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or of
any

other  provision of this Agreement, PNC Bank, in connection
with

its  duties under this Agreement, shall not be under any
duty  or

obligation  to inquire into and shall not be liable for  (a)
the

validity  or invalidity or authority or lack thereof of any
Oral

or Written Instruction, notice or other instrument which
conforms

to  the applicable requirements of this Agreement, and which
PNC

Bank  reasonably believes to be genuine; or (b) delays or
errors

or  loss of data occurring by reason of circumstances beyond
PNC

Bank's  control,  including acts of civil or military
authority,

national   emergencies,  labor  difficulties,  fire,   flood
or

catastrophe, acts of God, insurrection, war, riots or
failure  of

the mails, transportation, communication or power supply.

      Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
contrary,

PNC   Bank  shall  have  no  liability  to  the  Fund   for
any

consequential,  special or indirect losses or damages  which
the

Fund  may  incur or suffer by or as a consequence of  PNC
Bank's

performance  of the services provided hereunder, whether  or
not

the likelihood of such losses or damages was known by PNC
Bank.

     14.  Description of Services.

           (a)   Delivery of the Property.  The Fund will
deliver

or  arrange for delivery to PNC Bank, all the property
owned  by

the Fund, including cash received as a result of the
distribution

of  its  Shares,  during the period that is  set  forth  in
this

Agreement.   PNC Bank will not be responsible for  such
property

until actual receipt.

           (b)   Receipt  and Disbursement of Money.   PNC
Bank,

acting   upon  Written  Instructions,  shall  open  and
maintain

separate  account(s) in the Fund's name using all  cash
received

from or for the account of the Fund, subject to the terms of
this

Agreement.   In  addition, upon Written  Instructions,  PNC
Bank

shall  open separate custodial accounts for each separate
series,

class  or portfolio of the Fund and shall hold in such
account(s)

all   cash  received  from  or  for  the  accounts  of  the
Fund

specifically  designated  to  each  separate  series,  class
or

portfolio.   PNC Bank shall make cash payments from  or  for
the

account of the Fund only for:

                              (i)  purchases of securities
in the

                    name  of  the Fund or PNC Bank or PNC
Bank's

                    nominee  as provided in sub-paragraph  j
and

                    for which PNC Bank has received a copy
of the

                    broker's or dealer's confirmation or
payee's

                    invoice, as appropriate;

                        (ii)  purchase or redemption of
Shares of

               the Fund   delivered to PNC Bank;

                        (iii)   payment  of, subject  to
Written

               Instructions,   interest,  taxes,
administration,

               accounting,  distribution,  advisory,
management

               fees or similar expenses which are to be
borne  by

               the Fund;

                         (iv)  payment to, subject to
receipt  of

               Written  Instructions, the Fund's transfer
agent,

               as  agent for the shareholders, an amount
equal to

               the  amount of dividends and distributions
stated

               in  the Written Instructions to be
distributed  in

               cash by the transfer agent to shareholders,
or, in

               lieu of paying the Fund's transfer agent, PNC
Bank

               may   arrange  for  the  direct  payment  of
cash

               dividends  and  distributions to
shareholders  in

               accordance  with procedures mutually  agreed
upon

               from  time to time by and among the Fund, PNC
Bank

               and the Fund's transfer agent;

                               (v)   payments,  upon
receipt  of

                    Written Instructions, in connection with
the

                    conversion,   exchange   or   surrender
of

                    securities owned or subscribed to by the
Fund

                    and held by or delivered to PNC Bank;

                          (vi)    payments  of  the  amounts
of

               dividends  received   with respect  to
securities

               sold  short;  payments  made  to  a  sub-
custodian

               pursuant to provisions in sub-paragraph c of
this

               Paragraph; and

                      (viii)  payments, upon Written
Instructions

               made for other proper Fund purposes.  PNC
Bank  is

               hereby  authorized  to  endorse  and  collect
all

               checks, drafts or other orders for the
payment  of

               money received as custodian for the account
of the

               Fund.

          (c)  Receipt of Securities.

                                (i)   PNC  Bank  shall  hold
all

                    securities received  by it for the
account of

                    the   Fund   in  a   separate  account
that

                    physically  segregates  such securities
from

                    those  of  any  other    persons,  firms
or

                    corporations, except for securities held
in a

                    Book-Entry  System.   All  such
securities

                    shall  be  held  or disposed  of  only
upon

                    Written Instructions of the Fund
pursuant to

                    the  terms of this Agreement.  PNC Bank
shall

                    have   no   power  or  authority  to
assign,

                    hypothecate, pledge or otherwise
dispose  of

                    any  such  securities or  investment,
except

                    upon the express terms of this Agreement
and

                    upon  Written Instructions, accompanied
by  a

                    certified  resolution of the Fund's
Governing

                    Board,  authorizing the transaction.
In  no

                    case  may  any member of the Fund's
Governing

                    Board,  or any officer, employee or
agent  of

                    the  Fund  withdraw any securities.   At
PNC

                    Bank's   own   expense  and   for   its
own

                    convenience,   PNC  Bank   may   enter
into

                    sub-custodian agreements with other
banks  or

                    trust  companies to perform duties
described

                    in  this sub-paragraph c.  Such bank or
trust

                    company  shall  have  an  aggregate
capital,

                    surplus  and undivided profits,
according  to

                    its  last  published report, of at least
one

                    million  dollars ($1,000,000),  if  it
is  a

                    subsidiary  or affiliate of PNC Bank,
or  at

                    least twenty million dollars
($20,000,000) if

                    such   bank  or  trust  company  is
not   a

                    subsidiary  or   affiliate of PNC  Bank.
In

                    addition,  such  bank or trust  company
must

                    agree  to comply with the relevant
provisions

                    of  the  1940 Act and other applicable
rules

                    and   regulations.   PNC  Bank  shall
remain

                    responsible for the performance of all
of its

                    duties  as  described in this  Agreement
and

                    shall  hold the Fund harmless from PNC
Bank's

                    own  (or any sub-custodian chosen by PNC
Bank

                    under the terms of this sub-paragraph c)
acts

                    or  omissions,  under the standards  of
care

                    provided for herein.

          (d)  Transactions Requiring Instructions.  Upon
receipt

of  Oral  or  Written Instructions and not otherwise,  PNC
Bank,

directly or through the use of the Book-Entry System, shall:

                               (i)   deliver any securities
held

                    for  the  Fund against the receipt of
payment

                    for the sale of such securities;

                        (ii)  execute and deliver to such
persons

               as  may  be   designated in such Oral  or
Written

               Instructions,  proxies, consents,
authorizations,

               and any other instruments whereby the
authority of

               the  Fund  as  owner  of  any  securities
may  be

               exercised;

                        (iii)   deliver  any  securities  to
the

               issuer   thereof,    or  its  agent,   when
such

               securities   are  called,  redeemed,  retired
or

               otherwise  become payable; provided that,  in
any

               such  case, the cash or other consideration
is  to

               be delivered to PNC Bank;

                        (iv)  deliver any securities held
for the

               Fund  against receipt of other securities or
cash

               issued or paid in connection with the
liquidation,

               reorganization, refinancing, tender offer,
merger,

               consolidation   or   recapitalization    of
any

               corporation,  or  the exercise of  any
conversion

               privilege;

                               (v)   deliver any securities
held

                    for  the  Fund to  any protective
committee,

                    reorganization committee or other
person  in

                    connection    with      the
reorganization,

                    refinancing,      merger,
consolidation,

                    recapitalization  or sale of  assets  of
any

                    corporation, and receive and hold  under
the

                    terms of this Agreement such
certificates  of

                    deposit,    interim   receipts    or
other

                    instruments or documents as may be
issued  to

                    it to evidence such delivery;

                         (vi)  make such transfer or
exchanges of

               the  assets  of the Fund and take such other
steps

               as   shall  be  stated  in said  Oral  or
Written

               Instructions to be for the purpose of
effectuating

               a    duly    authorized   plan   of
liquidation,

               reorganization,    merger,    consolidation
or

               recapitalization of the Fund;

                       (vii)  release securities belonging
to the

               Fund to  any bank or trust company for the
purpose

               of  a  pledge or hypothecation to secure any
loan

               incurred  by  the  Fund; provided,  however,
that

               securities shall be released only upon
payment  to

               PNC  Bank of the monies borrowed, except
that  in

               cases  where additional collateral is
required  to

               secure  a borrowing already made subject to
proper

               prior  authorization, further  securities
may  be

               released  for  that purpose; and repay  such
loan

               upon redelivery to it of the securities
pledged or

               hypothecated  therefor and upon surrender  of
the

               note or notes evidencing the loan;

                       (viii)   release  and  deliver
securities

               owned   by   the  Fund  in  connection  with
any

               repurchase agreement entered into on behalf
of the

               Fund, but only on receipt of payment
therefor; and

               pay out moneys of the Fund in connection with
such

               repurchase agreements, but only upon the
delivery

               of the securities;

                         (ix)   release and deliver  or
exchange

               securities  owned by the Fund in  connection
with

               any  conversion  of such securities,
pursuant  to

               their terms, into other securities;

                              (x)  release and deliver
securities

                    owned   by  the  Fund  for  the  purpose
of

                    redeeming  in  kind shares of the  Fund
upon

                    delivery thereof to PNC Bank; and

                         (xi)   release and deliver  or
exchange

               securities  owned by the Fund for other
corporate

               purposes.   PNC Bank must also receive a
certified

               resolution describing the nature of the
corporate

               purpose  and the name and address of the
person(s)

               to whom delivery shall be made when such
action is

               pursuant to sub-paragraph d above.

      (e)   Use of Book-Entry System.  The Fund shall
deliver  to

PNC  Bank  certified  resolutions of the Fund's  Governing
Board

approving,  authorizing and instructing PNC Bank on a
continuous

and  on-going  basis,  to deposit in the  Book-Entry  System
all

securities belonging to the Fund eligible for deposit
therein and

to  utilize  the  Book-Entry System to  the  extent
possible  in

connection  with settlements of purchases and sales of
securities

by  the  Fund,  and deliveries and returns of securities
loaned,

subject  to  repurchase  agreements  or  used  as
collateral  in

connection  with borrowings.  PNC Bank shall continue to
perform

such  duties  until  it  receives Written  or  Oral
Instructions

authorizing contrary actions(s).

      To administer the Book-Entry System properly, the
following

provisions shall apply:

                               (i)  With respect to
securities of

                    the   Fund  which  are  maintained   in
the

                    Book-Entry  system, established
pursuant  to

                    this  sub-paragraph e hereof, the
records  of

                    PNC  Bank  shall  identify by  Book-
Entry  or

                    otherwise those securities belonging  to
the

                    Fund.   PNC  Bank shall furnish  the
Fund  a

                    detailed  statement of the Property held
for

                    the   Fund  under  this  Agreement  at
least

                    monthly  and  from  time  to  time  and
upon

                    written request.

                        (ii)  Securities and any cash of the
Fund

               deposited   in the Book-Entry System will  at
all

               times  be   segregated from any  assets  and
cash

               controlled by PNC Bank in other than a
fiduciary

               or  custodian capacity but may be commingled
with

               other  assets held in such capacities.   PNC
Bank

               and  its sub-custodian, if any, will pay out
money

               only  upon receipt of securities and will
deliver

               securities only upon the receipt of money.

                       (iii)  All books and records
maintained by

               PNC Bank  which relate to the Fund's
participation

               in  the Book-Entry System will at all times
during

               PNC  Bank's regular business hours be open to
the

               inspection of the Fund's duly authorized
employees

               or agents, and the Fund will be furnished
with all

               information in respect of the services
rendered to

               it as it may require.

                        (iv)  PNC Bank will provide the Fund
with

               copies  of any report obtained by PNC Bank on
the

               system  of  internal  accounting  control  of
the

               Book-Entry System promptly after receipt of
such a

               report  by  PNC Bank.  PNC Bank will also
provide

               the  Fund  with such reports on its own
system  of

               internal   control  as  the  Fund  may
reasonably

               request from time to time.

           (f)   Registration of Securities.  All Securities
held

for  the  Fund which are issued or issuable only in bearer
form,

except  such securities held in the Book-Entry System,
shall  be

held  by  PNC Bank in bearer form; all other securities held
for

the Fund may be registered in the name of the Fund; PNC
Bank; the

Book-Entry  System;  a  sub-custodian;  or  any  duly
appointed

nominee(s)   of  the  Fund,  PNC  Bank,  Book-Entry   system
or

sub-custodian.  The Fund reserves the right to instruct PNC
Bank

as   to  the  method  of  registration  and  safekeeping  of
the

securities of the Fund.  The Fund agrees to furnish to  PNC
Bank

appropriate instruments to enable PNC Bank to hold or
deliver  in

proper  form for transfer, or to register its registered
nominee

or  in the name of the Book-Entry System, any securities
which it

may  hold for the account of the Fund and which may from
time  to

time  be registered in the name of the Fund.  PNC Bank shall
hold

all  such securities which are not held in the Book-Entry
System

in  a  separate  account for the Fund in the  name  of  the
Fund

physically segregated at all times from those of any other
person

or persons.

          (g)  Voting and Other Action.  Neither PNC Bank
nor its

nominee  shall vote any of the securities held pursuant  to
this

Agreement by or for the account of the Fund, except in
accordance

with Written Instructions.  PNC Bank, directly or through
the use

of  the  Book-Entry System, shall execute in blank  and
promptly

deliver  all  notice, proxies, and proxy soliciting
materials  to

the  registered  holder of such securities.   If  the
registered

holder  is  not  the Fund then Written or Oral Instructions
must

designate the person(s) who owns such securities.

           (h)  Transactions Not Requiring Instructions.  In
the

absence  of contrary Written Instructions, PNC Bank is
authorized

to take the following actions:

                              (i)  Collection of Income and
Other

                    Payments.

                                         (A)  collect and
receive

                         for the account of the Fund, all
income,

                         dividends,    distributions,
coupons,

                         option  premiums,  other  payments
and

                         similar   items,  included  or   to
be

                         included  in  the  Property,   and,
in

                         addition,  promptly advise the
Fund  of

                         such receipt and credit such
income,  as

                         collected,   to  the  Fund's
custodian

                         account;

                                         (B)  endorse and
deposit

                         for collection, in the name of the
Fund,

                         checks, drafts, or other orders for
the

                         payment of money;

                                        (C)  receive and
hold for

                         the  account of the Fund all
securities

                         received  as  a   distribution  on
the

                         Fund's  portfolio securities as a
result

                         of  a stock dividend, share split-
up  or

                         reorganization,
recapitalization,

                         readjustment  or other
rearrangement  or

                         distribution   of  rights   or
similar

                         securities  issued with respect  to
any

                         portfolio  securities belonging  to
the

                         Fund held by PNC Bank hereunder;

                                         (D)  present for
payment

                         and  collect the amount payable
upon all

                         securities  which  may  mature   or
be

                         called,   redeemed,   or   retired,
or

                         otherwise  become payable  on  the
date

                         such securities become payable; and

                                          (E)   take  any
action

                         which  may  be necessary and
proper  in

                         connection   with  the  collection
and

                         receipt   of  such  income   and
other

                         payments   and   the   endorsement
for

                         collection of checks, drafts, and
other

                         negotiable instruments.

              (ii)  Miscellaneous Transactions.

                                           (A)    PNC   Bank
is

                         authorized  to deliver or  cause
to  be

                         delivered  Property against
payment  or

                         other  consideration or written
receipt

                         therefor in the following cases:

                                                      (1)
for

                              examination by a broker  or
dealer

                              selling for the account of the
Fund

                              in  accordance with street
delivery

                              custom;

                                                   (2)   for
the

                              exchange  of  interim
receipts  or

                              temporary securities for
definitive

                              securities; and

                                                      (3)
for

                              transfer  of  securities  into
the

                              name  of  the Fund or PNC
Bank  or

                              nominee  of either, or for
exchange

                              of   securities  for  a
different

                              number  of
bonds,certificates,  or

                              other  evidence,  representing
the

                              same   aggregate  face  amount
or

                              number  of units bearing  the
same

                              interest  rate, maturity  date
and

                              call  provisions, if any;
provided

                              that,  in  any such case,  the
new

                              securities  are to be
delivered  to

                              PNC Bank.

                                        (B)  Unless and
until PNC

                         Bank    receives   Oral    or
Written

                         Instructions to the contrary,  PNC
Bank

                         shall:

                                                   (1)   pay
all

                              income items held by it which
call

                              for  payment upon presentation
and

                              hold  the cash received by it
upon

                              such payment for the account
of the

                              Fund;

                                                    (2)
collect

                              interest    and   cash
dividends

                              received, with notice to the
Fund,

                              to the Fund's account;

                                                   (3)  hold
for

                              the  account of the Fund all
stock

                              dividends,   rights   and
similar

                              securities  issued with
respect  to

                              any  securities held by  PNC
Bank;

                              and

                                                  (4)
execute as

                              agent on behalf of        the
Fund

                              all       necessary
ownership

                              certificates   required   by
the

                              Internal Revenue Code or the
Income

                              Tax   Regulations  of  the
United

                              States Treasury Department or
under

                              the  laws  of  any  State  now
or

                              hereafter in effect, inserting
the

                              Fund's name, on such
certificate as

                              the owner of the securities
covered

                              thereby,  to  the  extent  it
may

                              lawfully do so.

          (i)  Segregated Accounts.

                              (i)  PNC Bank shall upon
receipt of

                    Written  or  Oral Instructions establish
and

                    maintain segregated account(s) on its
records

                    for   and  on  behalf  of  the  Fund.
Such

                    account(s) may be used to transfer  cash
and

                    securities,  including  securities   in
the

                    Book-Entry System:

                                         (A)  for the
purposes of

                         compliance   by   the  Fund   with
the

                         procedures  required by a
securities  or

                         option    exchange,    providing
such

                         procedures comply with the 1940 Act
and

                         any  releases of the SEC relating
to the

                         maintenance  of segregated
accounts  by

                         registered investment companies;
and

                                          (B)   Upon
receipt  of

                         Written  Instructions, for other
proper

                         corporate purposes.

                         (ii)   PNC Bank may enter into
separate

               custodial   agreements   with   various
futures

               commission merchants ("FCMs") that the  Fund
uses

               ("FCM  Agreement").  Pursuant to an FCM
Agreement,

               the  Fund's  margin deposits in  any
transactions

               involving futures contracts and options on
futures

               contracts  will  be held by PNC Bank  in
accounts

               ("FCM Account") subject to the disposition by
the

               FCM  involved in such contracts and in
accordance

               with  the  customer contract between FCM  and
the

               Fund ("FCM Contract"), SEC rules and the
rules  of

               the  applicable  commodities exchange.   Such
FCM

               Agreements  shall  only  be   entered  into
upon

               receipt  of  Written  Instructions from  the
Fund

               which state that:

                                        (A)  a customer
agreement

                         between  the FCM and  the Fund has
been

                         entered into; and

                                          (B)   the  Fund
is  in

                         compliance  with  all  the   rules
and

                         regulations  of the CFTC.
Transfers  of

                         initial margin shall be made into a
FCM

                         Account  only upon Written
Instructions;

                         transfers   of  premium  and
variation

                         margin  may be made  into a FCM
Account

                         pursuant to Oral Instructions.

                                              Transfers of
funds

                         from  a FCM Account to the FCM for
which

                         PNC  Bank holds such an account may
only

                         occur  upon certification by the
FCM  to

                         PNC   Bank  that  pursuant  to  the
FCM

                         Agreement  and  the  FCM  Contract,
all

                         conditions  precedent to  its
right  to

                         give  PNC  Bank  such instructions
have

                         been satisfied.

                        (iii)   PNC  Bank shall arrange  for
the

               establishment  of IRA custodian accounts for
such

               share-   holders   holding  Shares   through
IRA

               accounts,   in   accordance   with   the
Fund's

               prospectuses, the Internal Revenue Code
(including

               regulations),  and with such other
procedures  as

               are  mutually agreed upon from time to time
by and

               among  the Fund, PNC Bank and the Fund's
transfer

               agent.

           (j)   Purchases of Securities.  PNC Bank shall
settle

purchased securities upon receipt of Oral or Written
Instructions

from the Fund or its investment advisor(s) that specify:

                              (i)  the name of the issuer
and the

                    title  of  the  securities,  including
CUSIP

                    number if applicable;

                          (ii)   the  number  of  shares  or
the

               principal  amount purchased and accrued
interest,

               if any;

                         (iii)    the   date  of   purchase
and

               settlement;

                        (iv)  the purchase price per unit;

                               (v)  the total amount payable
upon

                    such purchase; and

                        (vi)  the name of the person from
whom or

               the broker through whom the purchase was
made. PNC

               Bank shall upon receipt of securities
purchased by

               or for the Fund pay out of the moneys held
for the

               account  of  the Fund the total amount
payable  to

               the  person  from whom or the broker through
whom

               the  purchase  was made, provided  that  the
same

               conforms to the total amount payable as set
forth

               in such Oral or Written Instructions.

           (k)   Sales of Securities.  PNC Bank shall settle
sold

securities upon receipt of Oral or Written Instructions from
the

Fund that specify:

                          (i)   the  name of the issuer  and
the

                    title of the security, including CUSIP
number

                    if applicable;

                         (ii)   the number of shares or
principal

               amount sold, and accrued interest, if any;

                        (iii)  the date of trade, settlement
and

               sale;

                        (iv)  the sale price per unit;

                               (v)   the total amount
payable  to

                    the Fund upon such sale;

                        (vi)  the name of the broker through
whom

               or the person to whom the sale was made; and

                        (vii)  the location to which the
security

               must  be delivered and delivery deadline, if
any.

               PNC Bank shall deliver the securities upon
receipt

               of  the total amount payable to the Fund upon
such

               sale,  provided that the total amount
payable  is

               the  same as was set forth in the Oral or
Written

               Instructions.  Subject to the foregoing, PNC
Bank

               may  accept  payment  in such  form  as
shall  be

               satisfactory to it, and may deliver
securities and

               arrange for payment in accordance with the
customs

               prevailing among dealers in securities.

          (l)  Reports.

                               (i)   PNC  Bank shall furnish
the

                    Fund the following reports:

                                         (A)   such periodic
and

                         special   reports  as   the   Fund
may

                         reasonably request;

                                         (B)  a monthly
statement

                         summarizing all transactions and
entries

                         for the account of the Fund,
listing the

                         portfolio  securities belonging  to
the

                         Fund  with the adjusted average
cost  of

                         each  issue and the market value at
the

                         end  of such month, and stating the
cash

                         account    of    the   Fund
including

                         disbursement;

                                         (C)   the reports
to  be

                         furnished to the Fund pursuant  to
Rule

                         17f-4; and

                                            (D)     such
other

                         information as may be agreed  upon
from

                         time  to  time between the Fund and
PNC

                         Bank.

                        (ii)  PNC Bank shall transmit
promptly to

               the  Fund  any  proxy statement,  proxy
material,

               notice   of  a  call  or  conversion  or
similar

               communication received by it as custodian  of
the

               Property.  PNC  Bank  shall  be  under  no
other

               obligation  to inform the Fund as to such
actions

               or events.

           (m)   Collections.  All collections of monies or
other

property, in respect, or which are to become part of the
Property

(but  not the safekeeping thereof upon receipt by PNC Bank)
shall

be  at the sole risk of the Fund.  If payment is not
received  by

PNC  Bank within a reasonable time after proper demands have
been

made, PNC Bank shall notify the Fund in writing, including
copies

of  all  demand letters, any written responses, memoranda of
all

oral   responses  and  telephonic  demands  thereto,  and
await

instructions  from the Fund.  PNC Bank shall not  be
obliged  to

take  legal  action  for collection unless and  until
reasonably

indemnified to its satisfaction.  PNC Bank shall also notify
the

Fund  as  soon as reasonably practicable whenever income
due  on

securities is not collected in due course.

       15.   Duration  and  Termination.   This  Agreement
shall

continue  until terminated by the Fund or by PNC  Bank  on
sixty

(60) days' prior written notice to the other party.  In the
event

this  Agreement is terminated (pending appointment of a
successor

to  PNC  Bank or vote of the shareholders of the Fund to
dissolve

or  to  function without a custodian of its cash,
securities  or

other  property), PNC Bank shall not deliver cash,
securities  or

other property of the Fund to the Fund.  It may deliver them
to a

bank  or  trust company of PNC Bank's choice, having an
aggregate

capital,  surplus  and undivided profits, as shown  by  its
last

published  report,  of  not  less  than  twenty  million
dollars

($20,000,000), as a custodian for the Fund to be held under
terms

similar  to  those  of this Agreement.  PNC  Bank  shall
not  be

required to make any such delivery or payment until full
payment

shall   have  been  made  to  PNC  Bank  of  all  of  its
fees,

compensation, costs and expenses.  PNC Bank shall have a
security

interest in and shall have a right of setoff against
Property  in

the  Fund's possession as security for the payment of such
fees,

compensation, costs and expenses.

       16.   Notices.   All  notices  and  other
communications,

including  Written  Instructions,  shall  be  in  writing
or  by

confirming  telegram, cable, telex or facsimile  sending
device.

Notice  shall  be  addressed (a) if to PNC  Bank  at  PNC
Bank's

address:  Airport  Business Center, International  Court  2,
200

Stevens  Drive,  Lester,  Pennsylvania  19113,  marked  for
the

attention of the Custodian Services Department (or its
successor)

(b)  if  to  the Fund, at the address of the Fund; or (c)
if  to

neither  of  the foregoing, at such other address as  shall
have

been  notified  to  the  sender  of  any  such  notice  or
other

communication.  If notice is sent by confirming telegram,
cable,

telex  or  facsimile sending device, it shall be deemed  to
have

been  given immediately.  If notice is sent by first-class
mail,

it shall be deemed to have been given five days after it has
been

mailed.   If notice is sent by messenger, it shall be
deemed  to

have been given on the day it is delivered.

     17.  Amendments.  This Agreement, or any term hereof,
may be

changed  or  waived only by a written amendment,  signed  by
the

party  against  whom  enforcement of such  change  or
waiver  is

sought.         18.  Delegation.  PNC Bank may assign its
rights

and  delegate its duties hereunder to any wholly-owned
direct  or

indirect subsidiary of PNC Bank, National Association or PNC
Bank

Corp., provided that (i) PNC Bank gives the Fund thirty (30)
days

prior  written notice; (ii) the delegate agrees with PNC
Bank  to

comply  with all relevant provisions of the 1940 Act;  and
(iii)

PNC  Bank and such delegate promptly provide such
information  as

the  Fund may request, and respond to such questions as the
Fund

may   ask,   relative  to  the  assignment,  including
(without

limitation) the capabilities of the delegate.

     19.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
two or

more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original, but

all   of  which  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the
same

instrument.

      20.   Further  Actions.  Each party agrees to perform
such

further  acts and execute such further documents as are
necessary

to effectuate the purposes hereof.

      21.   Miscellaneous.   This Agreement embodies  the
entire

agreement  and  understanding between the parties and
supersedes

all  prior agreements and understandings relating to the
subject

matter  hereof, provided that the parties may embody  in
one  or

more separate documents their agreement, if any, with
respect  to

delegated duties and/or Oral Instructions.  The captions in
this

Agreement are included for convenience of reference only
and  in

no  way  define  or  delimit  any of  the  provisions
hereof  or

otherwise affect their construction or effect.

      This  Agreement  shall be deemed to be a contract
made  in

Pennsylvania and governed by Pennsylvania law, without
regard  to

principles  of  conflicts  of law.   If  any  provision  of
this

Agreement  shall  be held or made invalid by  a  court
decision,

statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement
shall

not  be  affected thereby.  This Agreement shall be binding
upon

and  shall  inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
their

respective successors and permitted assigns.

      IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties hereto have  caused
this

Agreement  to be executed by their officers designated
below  on

the day and year first above written.



                              PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION



By:
Title:


                              SMITH BARNEY INCOME FUNDS




By:
Title:


SUBINVAG.PTR

               SUB-INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

                   SMITH BARNEY INCOME FUNDS

            (Smith Barney Premium Total Return Fund)


Boston Partners Asset Management, L.P.
One Financial Center
43rd Floor
Boston, Massachusetts  02111

Dear Sirs:

     Smith Barney Income Funds (the "Company"), a trust
organized
under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on
behalf of
Smith  Barney Premium Total Return Fund (the "Fund"),  and
Smith
Barney Strategy Advisers Inc. (the "Adviser"), each confirms
its
agreement with Boston Partners Asset Management, L.P. (the
"Sub-
Adviser"), as follows:

     1.   Investment Description; Appointment

      The  Company desires to employ its capital relating to
the
Fund by investing and reinvesting in investments of the kind
and
in  accordance  with  the investment objective(s),  policies
and
limitations specified in its Master Trust Agreement, as
amended,
from  time  to  time  (the  "Master  Trust  Agreement"),  in
the
prospectus  relating  to  the  Fund (the  "Prospectus")  and
the
Statement of Additional Information relating to the Company
(the
"Statement") filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission as
part  of  the Company's Registration Statement on Form  N-
lA,  as
amended from time to time, and in the manner and to the
extent as
may from time to time be approved by the Board of Trustees
of the
Company  (the  "Board"). Copies of the Prospectus, the
Statement
and the Master Trust Agreement have been or will be
submitted  to
the  Sub-Adviser.  The Company agrees to provide  copies  of
all
amendments to the Prospectus, the Statement and the Master
Trust
Agreement  to  the Sub-Adviser on an ongoing basis.  The
Company
employs  the Adviser as the investment adviser to the  Fund,
and
the  Company and the Adviser desire to employ and hereby
appoint
the  Sub-Adviser to act as its sub-investment adviser.  The
Sub-
Adviser  accepts  the  appointment  and  agrees  to  furnish
the
services for the compensation set forth below.

     2.   Services as Investment Sub-Adviser

      Subject to the supervision, direction and approval  of
the
Board  of the Company and the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser will:
(a)
manage  the  Fund's  portfolio  in  accordance  with  the
Fund's
investment  objective(s) and policies as  stated  in  the
Master
Trust  Agreement,  the  Prospectus and the  Statement;  (b)
make
investment  decisions for the Fund; (c) place purchase  and
sale
orders  for  portfolio transactions for the Fund; and (d)
employ
professional  portfolio  managers  and  securities  analysts
who
provide  research  services  to  the  Fund.  In  providing
those
services,  the  Sub-Adviser will conduct a continual
program  of
investment, evaluation and, if appropriate, sale and
reinvestment
of the Fund's assets.

     3.   Brokerage

      In selecting brokers or dealers to execute
transactions  on
behalf  of  the Fund, the Sub-Adviser will seek the best
overall
terms  available. In assessing the best overall  terms
available
for  any  transaction, the Sub-Adviser will consider
factors  it
deems relevant, including, but not limited to, the breadth
of the
market  in the security, the price of the security, the
financial
condition  and execution capability of the broker or  dealer
and
the  reasonableness of the commission, if any, for  the
specific
transaction  and  on  a  continuing basis. In  selecting
brokers
or dealers to execute a particular transaction, and in
evaluating
the  best  overall terms available, the Sub-Adviser is
authorized
to  consider the brokerage and research services (as those
terms
are  defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange
Act  of
1934, as amended) provided to the Fund and/or other accounts
over
which  the  Sub-Adviser  or  its affiliates  exercise
investment
discretion.

     4.   Information Provided to the Company

      The  Sub-Adviser  will  keep the Adviser  and  the
Company
informed of developments materially affecting the Fund, and
will,
on  its own initiative, furnish the Adviser and the Company
from
time  to  time with whatever information the Sub-Adviser
believes
is appropriate for this purpose.

     5.   Standard of Care

       The  Sub-Adviser  shall  exercise  its  best
judgment  in
rendering  the  services listed in paragraph 2  above.  The
Sub-
Adviser  shall not be liable for any error of judgment or
mistake
of  law  or for any loss suffered by the Fund and the
Adviser  in
connection  with  the  matters to which this  Agreement
relates,
provided  that  nothing  in this Agreement  shall  be
deemed  to
protect  or  purport  to  protect  the  Sub-Adviser  against
any
liability  to the Adviser, the Company or to its
shareholders  of
the  Fund to which the Sub-Adviser would otherwise be
subject  by
reason  of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence  on
its part in the performance of its duties or by reason of
the Sub-
Adviser's reckless disregard of its obligations and duties
under
this Agreement.

     6.   Compensation

      In  consideration of the services rendered pursuant to
this
Agreement,  the  Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser  on  the
first
business  day of each month a fee for the previous month  at
the
annual  rate  of  0.10 of 1.00% of the Fund's average  daily
net
assets.  The fee for the period from the Effective Date
(defined
below) of the Agreement to the end of the month during which
the
Effective  Date  occurs  shall  be  prorated  according  to
the
proportion  that  such period bears to the full  monthly
period.
Upon any termination of this Agreement before the end of a
month,
the  fee  for such part of that month shall be prorated
according
to  the  proportion that such period bears to  the  full
monthly
period and shall be payable upon the date of termination of
this
Agreement. For the purpose of determining fees payable to
the Sub-
Adviser, the value of the Fund's net assets shall be
computed  at
the  times  and in the manner specified in the Prospectus
and/or
the Statement.

     7.   Expenses

      The  Sub-Adviser will bear all expenses in connection
with
the  performance of its services under this Agreement.  The
Fund
will bear certain other expenses to be incurred in its
operation,
including,   but   not  limited  to,  investment   advisory
and
administration   fees;  fees  for  necessary   professional
and
brokerage  services; fees for any pricing service; the
costs  of
regulatory compliance; and costs associated with maintaining
the
Company's legal existence and shareholder relations.

     8.   Reduction of Fee

      If  in  any fiscal year the aggregate expenses of the
Fund
(including  fees  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  and  the
Fund's
investment  advisory  agreement, but excluding  interest,
taxes,
brokerage   and  extraordinary  expenses)  exceed   the
expense
limitation  of any state having jurisdiction over the  Fund,
the
Sub-Adviser will reduce its fee by the proportion of such
excess
expense equal to the proportion that its fee thereunder
bears  to
the  aggregate of fees paid by the Fund for investment
advice and
administration in that year, to the extent required by state
law.
A  fee  reduction pursuant to this paragraph 8, if any,
will  be
estimated, reconciled and paid on a monthly basis.

     9.   Services to Other Companies or Accounts

      The Company understands that the Sub-Adviser now acts,
will
continue  to act and may act in the future as investment
adviser
to  fiduciary  and  other  managed accounts,  and  as
investment
adviser  to  other investment companies, and the Company
has  no
objection to the Sub-Adviser's so acting, provided that
whenever
the  Fund  and one or more other investment companies
advised  by
the  Sub-Adviser have available funds for investment,
investments
suitable and appropriate for each will be allocated in
accordance
with  a  formula  believed to be equitable to each  company.
The
Company  recognizes  that  in  some  cases  this  procedure
may
adversely  affect  the size of the position  obtainable  for
the
Fund.  In  addition,  the Company understands  that  the
persons
employed by the Sub-Adviser to assist in the performance  of
the
Sub-Adviser's duties under this Agreement will not  devote
their
full time to such service and nothing contained in this
Agreement
shall be deemed to limit or restrict the right of the Sub-
Adviser
or  any affiliate of the Sub-Adviser to engage in and devote
time
and  attention  to  other businesses or  to  render
services  of
whatever kind or nature.

     l0.  Term of Agreement

      This Agreement shall become effective as of August 15,
1995
(the "Effective Date") and shall continue for an initial two-
year
term and shall continue thereafter so long as such
continuance is
specifically approved at least annually by (i) the Board  of
the
Company  or (ii) a vote of a "majority" (as that term is
defined
in  the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended  (the
"1940
Act") of the Fund's outstanding voting securities, provided
that
in either event the continuance is also approved by a
majority of
the  Board  who are not "interested persons" (as defined  in
the
1940  Act) of any party to this Agreement, by vote cast in
person
at  a  meeting called for the purpose of voting on such
approval.
This  Agreement  is  terminable, without  penalty,  on  60
days'
written notice, by the Board of the Company or by vote of
holders
of  a  majority  of the Fund's shares, or upon 90  days'
written
notice,  by  the Sub-Adviser. This Agreement will also
terminate
automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined  in
the
1940 Act).

     11.  Representation by the Company

      The  Company  represents that a copy of  the  Master
Trust
Agreement  is  on file with the Secretary of the
Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts and with the Boston City Clerk.
     12.  Limitation of Liability

      The Company, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser agree
that the
obligations  of  the Company under this Agreement  shall
not  be
binding  upon  any  of  the members of the  Board,
shareholders,
nominees, officers, employees or agents, whether past,
present or
future,  of the Company, individually, but are binding only
upon
the  assets and property of the Fund and not upon the assets
and
property of any other portfolio of the Company. The
execution and
delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Board
and
a  majority  of  the  holders  of the Fund's  outstanding
voting
securities,  and signed by an authorized officer of the
Company,
acting as such, and neither such authorization by such
members of
the  Board  and shareholders nor such execution and
delivery  by
such  officer shall be deemed to have been made by  any  of
them
individually  or  to  impose  any  liability  on  any   of
them
personally,  but shall bind only the assets and property  of
the
Fund as provided in the Master Trust Agreement.

      If  the foregoing is in accordance with your
understanding,
kindly indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing
and
returning the enclosed copy of this Agreement.


                                        Very truly yours,

                                        SMITH BARNEY INCOME
FUNDS
                                            on  behalf  of
SMITH
BARNEY
                                           PREMIUM  TOTAL
RETURN
FUND



By:

                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                        SMITH BARNEY
STRATEGY
                                          ADVISERS INC.

                                        By:
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

Accepted:


BOSTON PARTNERS ASSET
  MANAGEMENT, L.P.

By:   BOSTON PARTNERS, INC.
     General Partner

By:
     Name:
     Title:

           FORM OF INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT *

                                                  [Date]

[Name and Address of Investment Adviser]





Dear Sirs:

      [Name  of  Fund]  (the "Fund"), a business trust
organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, confirms its agreement  with [Name of
Investment Adviser] (the  "Adviser")  as follows:


     1.   Investment Description; Appointment
      The  Fund  desires to employ its capital by  investing
and reinvesting in investments of the kind and in accordance
with the limitations specified in its Master Trust
Agreement, as  amended, from  time  to  time,  in its
prospectus (the  "Prospectus")  and Statement of Additional
Information (the "Statement") filed  with the  Securities
and Exchange Commission as part  of  the  Fund's
Registration  Statement on Form N-lA, as  amended  from
time  to time,  and  in the manner and to the extent as may
from  time  to time be approved by the Board of Trustees of
the Fund.  Copies of the  Fund's  Prospectus,  the
Statement  and  the  Master  Trust Agreement  have  been or
will be submitted to the  Adviser.                The
Fund desires to employ and hereby appoints the Adviser to
act  as its  investment adviser.  The Adviser accepts the
appointment and agrees  to  furnish the services for the
compensation  set  forth below.

     2.   Services as Investment Adviser
      Subject  to the supervision and direction of the
Board  of Trustees  of  the  Fund, the Adviser will (a)
manage  the  Fund's portfolio in accordance with the Fund's
investment objective  and policies as stated in the
Prospectus and the Statement, (b)  make investment
decisions for the Fund; and (c)  place  purchase  and sale
orders  for portfolio transactions for the  Fund;  and  (d)
employ  professional  portfolio managers and securities
analysts who  provide  research services to the Fund.  In
providing  those services,  the  Adviser  will  conduct  a
continual  program  of investment, evaluation and, if
appropriate, sale and reinvestment of the Fund's assets.
*See Appendix A for variable information

     3.   Brokerage
      In selecting brokers or dealers to execute
transactions  on behalf of the Fund, the Adviser will seek
the best overall  terms available.  In assessing the best
overall terms available for any transaction, the Adviser
will consider factors it deems relevant, including, but not
limited to, the breadth of the market  in  the security, the
price of the security, the financial condition  and
execution   capability  of  the  broker   or   dealer   and   the
reasonableness  of  the  commission, if  any,  for  the
specific transaction  and  on  a continuing basis.  In
selecting  brokers or dealers to execute a particular
transaction, and in evaluating the  best  overall terms
available, the Adviser is authorized  to consider the
brokerage and research services (as those terms  are defined
in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of  1934,
as amended) provided to the Fund and/or other accounts over
which the Adviser or its affiliates exercise investment
discretion. 4.
Information Provided to the Fund
      The  Adviser  will keep the Fund informed  of
developments materially affecting the Fund's portfolio, and
will, on  its  own initiative,  furnish  the Fund from time
to  time  with  whatever information the Adviser believes is
appropriate for this purpose.
5.   Standard of Care
      The  Adviser shall exercise its best judgment in
rendering the  services listed in paragraph 2 above.  The
Adviser shall not be  liable for any error of judgment or
mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund in
connection with the matters to which this  Agreement
relates, provided that nothing in this  Agreement shall  be
deemed  to protect or purport to protect  the  Adviser
against any liability to the Fund or to its shareholders to
which the  Adviser  would  otherwise be subject by  reason
of  willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence on
its  part  in  the performance of its duties or by reason of
the Adviser's  reckless disregard of its obligations and
duties under this Agreement.
6.   Compensation
      In  consideration of the services rendered pursuant to
this Agreement,  the  Fund will pay the Adviser on the first
business day of each month a fee for the previous month at
the annual rate of [percent (%)] of the Fund's average daily
net assets.  The fee for  the  period from the date the Fund
commences its  investment operations  to  the  end  of  the
month  during  which  the  Fund commences  its investment
operations shall be prorated  according to  the  proportion
that such period bears to  the  full  monthly period.  Upon
any termination of this Agreement before the end of a
month,  the fee for such part of that month shall be
prorated according  to the proportion that such period bears
to  the  full monthly  period and shall be payable upon the
date of termination of  this  Agreement.  For the purpose of
determining fees payable to  the  Adviser,  the value of the
Fund's net  assets  shall  be computed  at the times and in
the manner specified in the  Fund's Prospectus and/or the
Statement.
7.   Expenses
      The  Adviser will bear all expenses in connection with
the performance of its services under this Agreement.  The
Fund  will bear  certain  other expenses to be incurred  in
its  operation, including,   but  not  limited  to,
investment  advisory,   subinvestment  advisory and
administration fees; fees for  necessary professional  and
brokerage  services;  fees  for  any   pricing service; the
costs of regulatory compliance; and costs associated with
maintaining  the  Fund's legal  existence  and  shareholder
relations.
8.   Reduction of Fee

      If in any fiscal year of the Fund the aggregate
expenses of the  Fund  (including  fees pursuant to this
Agreement  and  the Fund's sub-investment advisory and
administration agreement,  but excluding  interest, taxes,
brokerage and extraordinary expenses) exceed  the  expense
limitation of any state having  jurisdiction over  the
Fund, the Adviser will reduce its fee to the  Fund  by
[percent  (%)]  of the excess expense to the extent
required  by state law.  A fee reduction pursuant to this
paragraph 8, if any, will be estimated, reconciled and paid
on a monthly basis.

9.   Services to Other Companies or Accounts

      The  Fund  understands  that the  Adviser  now  acts,
will continue  to act and may act in the future as
investment  adviser to  fiduciary  and  other  managed
accounts,  and  as  investment adviser  to  other
investment companies, and  the  Fund  has  no objection to
the Adviser's so acting, provided that whenever  the Fund
and one or more other investment companies advised  by  the
Adviser have available funds for investment, investments
suitable and  appropriate for each will be allocated in
accordance with  a formula  believed  to  be equitable to
each  company.   The  Fund recognizes that in some cases
this procedure may adversely affect the  size  of the
position obtainable for the Fund.  In addition, the Fund
understands that the persons employed by the Adviser  to
assist  in  the  performance of the Adviser's duties  under
this Agreement  will  not devote their full time to such
service  and nothing  contained in this Agreement shall be
deemed to limit  or restrict the right of the Adviser or any
affiliate of the Adviser to engage in and devote time and
attention to other businesses or to render services of
whatever kind or nature.
     l0.  Term of Agreement
      This  Agreement shall become effective as of the  date
the Fund  commences  its investment operations and  continue
for  an initial  two-year term and shall continue thereafter
so  long  as such  continuance is specifically approved at
least  annually  by (i)  the  Board  of  Trustees of the
Fund or (ii)  a  vote  of  a "majority" (as defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940,  as amended  (the  "1940
Act")  of  the  Fund's  outstanding  voting securities,
provided that in either event the continuance is also
approved  by  a  majority of the Board of Trustees  who  are
not "interested persons" (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any
party to this  Agreement, by vote cast in person at a
meeting  called  for the  purpose  of  voting  on such
approval.   This  Agreement  is terminable, without penalty,
on 60 days' written notice,  by  the Board of Trustees of
the Fund or by vote of holders of a majority of  the  Fund's
shares, or upon 90 days' written notice,  by  the Adviser.
This Agreement will also terminate automatically in  the
event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).
     11.  Representation by the Fund
      The  Fund  represents  that a  copy  of  the  Master
Trust Agreement  is  on file with the Secretary of the
Commonwealth  of Massachusetts and with the City of Boston.
     12.  Limitation of Liability
      The Fund and the Adviser agree that the obligations of
the Fund  under this Agreement shall not be binding upon any
of  the Trustees, shareholders, nominees, officers,
employees or  agents, whether  past, present or future, of
the Fund, individually,  but are  binding  only upon the
assets and property of the  Fund,  as provided  in  the
Master  Trust Agreement.   The  execution  and delivery  of
this Agreement have been authorized by the Trustees, and the
sole shareholder of the Fund, and signed by an authorized
officer   of   the  Fund,  acting  as  such,  and  neither
such
authorization by such Trustees and shareholder nor such
execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed to
have been made by any  of  them individually or to impose
any liability on  any  of them  personally, but shall bind
only the assets and property  of the Fund as provided in the
Master Trust Agreement.

      If  the foregoing is in accordance with your
understanding, kindly indicate your acceptance of this
Agreement by signing  and returning the enclosed copy of
this Agreement.

  Very truly yours,
  [Name of Fund]
  By:

          President
Accepted:
[Name of Investment Adviser]
By:
          Authorized Officer
                   
                   


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission